summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
-rw-r--r--.gitattributes4
-rw-r--r--LICENSE.txt11
-rw-r--r--README.md2
-rw-r--r--old/55465-0.txt3660
-rw-r--r--old/55465-0.zipbin74323 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/55465-h.zipbin821326 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/55465-h/55465-h.htm5313
-rw-r--r--old/55465-h/images/cover.jpgbin78603 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/55465-h/images/crest.jpgbin3133 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/55465-h/images/frontis.jpgbin59468 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/55465-h/images/map-1.jpgbin75485 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/55465-h/images/map-2.jpgbin69463 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/55465-h/images/pl-1.jpgbin68392 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/55465-h/images/pl-2.jpgbin50982 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/55465-h/images/pl-3.jpgbin55175 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/55465-h/images/pl-4.jpgbin49422 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/55465-h/images/pl-5.jpgbin62828 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/55465-h/images/pl-6.jpgbin52877 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/55465-h/images/pl-7.jpgbin37089 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/55465-h/images/title.jpgbin106671 -> 0 bytes
20 files changed, 17 insertions, 8973 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7b82bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+*.txt text eol=lf
+*.htm text eol=lf
+*.html text eol=lf
+*.md text eol=lf
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3653883
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #55465 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/55465)
diff --git a/old/55465-0.txt b/old/55465-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 30f72ca..0000000
--- a/old/55465-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3660 +0,0 @@
-Project Gutenberg's The Peoples of India, by James Drummond Anderson
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
-other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
-the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have
-to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.
-
-Title: The Peoples of India
-
-Author: James Drummond Anderson
-
-Release Date: August 31, 2017 [EBook #55465]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PEOPLES OF INDIA ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by deaurider, Chris Pinfield and the Online
-Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
-file was produced from images generously made available
-by The Internet Archive)
-
-
-
-
-
-Transcriber's Note:
-
-Apparent typographical errors have been corrected, and the use of
-hyphens has been normalized.
-
-The author does not identify the transliteration scheme(s) used for
-Indian words in the text. Macrons (as in "ā") are used extensively and
-there is some use of the "diacritic dot" (as in "ṇ").
-
-Text in italics is indicated by _underscores_ and text in black-letter
-font is indicated by +plus signs+. Small capitals have been replaced by
-full capitals.
-
-
-
-
-The Cambridge Manuals of Science and Literature
-
-THE PEOPLES OF INDIA
-
-
- CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS
- +London+: FETTER LANE, E.C.
- C. F. CLAY, MANAGER
-
-[Illustration: university crest]
-
- +Edinburgh+: 100, PRINCES STREET
- +Berlin+: A. ASHER AND CO.
- +Leipzig+: F. A. BROCKHAUS
- +New York+: G. P. PUTNAM'S SONS
- +Bombay and Calcutta+: MACMILLAN AND CO., LTD.
-
-_All rights reserved_
-
-
-[Illustration:
-
- Brāhmans
- (_Mirzapur district_)]
-
-
-[Illustration: title page
-
- THE PEOPLES OF INDIA
- BY
- J. D. ANDERSON, M.A.
-
- Teacher of Bengali in the
- University of Cambridge, formerly
- of the Indian Civil Service
-
- Cambridge:
- at the University Press
-
- 1913]
-
- +Cambridge+:
- PRINTED BY JOHN CLAY, M.A.
- AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS
-
-_With the exception of the coat of arms at the foot, the design on the
-title page is a reproduction of one used by the earliest known Cambridge
-printer, John Siberch, 1521_
-
-
-
-
-PREFACE
-
-
-The writing of this little book has been delayed by the hope I once
-cherished of incorporating in it some of the results of the Indian
-Census of 1911. This desire was inevitable in the case of a retired
-Indian official, who, like most of his kind, has taken a small part in
-one or more of the decennial numberings of the Indian people. In this
-country, a Census affords material chiefly for the calculations and
-theories of the statistician, and the Registrar-General is not regarded
-as an expert in Anthropology or Linguistics. But in India the case is
-very different. If the district officer is always glad to learn as much
-as possible of the people with whom he is brought into contact, his
-official duties often reveal only the seamy side of Indian life, and it
-is only when he is in camp, or snatching a rare and hurried holiday in
-shooting, that he gets to see something of the people otherwise than as
-litigants or payers of revenue. A census is an agreeable and welcome
-opportunity for looking at India from another and more genially human
-point of view. In the first place, it is one of the least expensive of
-official operations, since it is chiefly performed by unpaid and
-volunteer agency. Hence the official, a little weary of litigants,
-touts, pleaders, and subordinates, who, however amiable in their private
-lives, are apt to be indolent and obstructive in office, is glad to make
-acquaintance with new friends, who, for the most part, take an
-intelligent and amused interest in the unfamiliar task of numbering. For
-many busy weeks before the actual counting takes place, the district
-officer has to ride far and near, to satisfy himself that all necessary
-preparations have duly been made, to issue the instructions that may be
-called for by the zeal, inquisitiveness or density of his volunteer
-colleagues. In the process, he has many pleasant and some amusing
-experiences. On one occasion I rode into a little village on the
-north-eastern frontier, inhabited by semi-savage Tibeto-Burmese people.
-Official orders as to the numbering of all the house in legible figures
-had apparently not been obeyed. I simulated wrath and disappointment,
-but the worthy headman on whom I vented my (purely official) indignation
-was not dismayed. "Bring out your drums!" he shouted. Every householder
-produced the family kettle-drum, on the head of which the number of his
-house had been duly inscribed in large figures. There was no paper in
-the village, but parchment was invented before paper, and the headman
-deserved the commendation I was glad to bestow. On another occasion, I
-found a house numbered indeed, but grievously dilapidated and obviously
-deserted. "Why is this empty house numbered?" I asked. "It is haunted by
-a ghost, sir," answered the enumerator. I confess I felt sorry not to
-allow him to include this ghostly visitant in a census of living men.
-Other incidents, more ethnologically important than these, will
-frequently occur. In any case the Census Report of an Indian province is
-by far the most interesting official document in existence, and each
-census adds something to our knowledge of Indian humanity, if only
-because each Census Commissioner, always an officer of unusual ability
-and attainments, looks at his task from a point of view somewhat
-different from that of his predecessors, and stamps his individuality on
-the work of his subordinates. Those who have read Mr E. A. Gait's
-article on _Caste_ in the _Dictionary of Ethics and Religion_ will
-expect the census of 1911 to contain new views and fresh information as
-to the actual working of the caste system in various provinces, and its
-relation to the religious ideas of the people.
-
- * * * * *
-
-It was natural, then, that I should wish to learn from a new tapping of
-the source from which has been compiled, for the most part, the ethnical
-portion of the first volume of the Imperial Gazetteer of India, which
-has been my chief authority in compiling this little book. But I know
-not when Mr Gait's Report for all India will be ready, and even the
-Provincial Reports come but slowly from the Press. Most of them are full
-of the most interesting and valuable information, but it takes time to
-assimilate so much new matter, and, in any case, not much of it could
-have been utilized for so small and elementary a book. Hence I have
-simply to state my debt to the late Sir H. H. Risley and Mr E. A. Gait
-for the chapter on Race and Caste; to Sir G. A. Grierson for the chapter
-on Languages, and to Mr William Crooke for enabling me further to
-summarise his masterly summary of what is known about Indian Religions.
-It is a particular pleasure to acknowledge my indebtedness to my friend
-Sir G. A. Grierson. Years ago, when we were young men, it was known that
-in him the Indian Civil Service possessed a scholar and a linguist of
-most unusual industry and ability. But few knew that there was
-germinating in his mind the scheme for the great _Linguistic Survey of
-India_, the most remarkable feat of administrative scholarship, perhaps,
-that has ever been attempted, a feat that has won him the _Prix Volney_
-and I know not what other appreciations of his work in France and
-Germany. His learning and linguistic skill are widely known, but I must
-seize the opportunity to tell of another feature of his achievement. Of
-course no man knows more than a few of the hundreds of Indian languages,
-but there is one man who knows something of the working and mechanism of
-them all, and that is Sir G. A. Grierson. I had the privilege of helping
-him with part of the Bodo volume of his _Survey_, having had occasion to
-learn one or two Tibeto-Burman languages in the course of official duty.
-The practised ease with which he acquired the syntactical and phonetic
-peculiarities of languages with which he had no previous acquaintance
-was the most surprising and delightful intellectual performance I have
-ever witnessed.
-
-I have ventured occasionally to enliven my chiefly borrowed narrative
-with personal ideas or reminiscences. Such digressions have however been
-few and brief, and I do not think I need apologise for them.
-
-I have to thank Miss Lilian Whitehouse and my son, Lieut. M. A.
-Anderson, R.E., for the two diagrammatic maps which will, I hope, clear
-up any geographical difficulties created by a necessarily brief account
-of a large and complicated subject.
-
-I owe the illustrations of caste types to the kindness of Mr William
-Crooke. They are from photographs of inhabitants of one single district
-of the United Provinces and are interesting as showing how in a single
-small area racial differences show themselves in such a way as to be
-recognisable by the most careless observer. They prove once more how
-stratified Indian humanity has become under the influence of caste rules
-of marriages.
-
-J. D. A.
-
-_September, 1913._
-
-
-
-
-CONTENTS
-
-
- CHAP. PAGE
-
- PREFACE v
-
- INTRODUCTION 1
-
- I. RACE AND CASTE 13
-
- II. THE LANGUAGES OF INDIA 54
-
- III. THE RELIGIONS OF INDIA 81
-
- BIBLIOGRAPHY 113
-
- INDEX 115
-
-
-
-
-ILLUSTRATIONS
-
-
-PLATE
-
-Brāhmans (_Mirzapur district_) _Frontispiece_
-
- I. Mahābrāhmans (_Mirzapur district_) _To face page_ 12
-
- II. Kāyasthas—the writer caste (_Mirzapur
- district_) " 24
-
- III. Dharkārs (_Mirzapur district_) " 36
-
- IV. Banjara women (_Mirzapur district_) " 48
-
- V. Seoris or Savaras (_Mirzapur district_) " 60
-
- VI. A Bhuiyār (_Mirzapur district_) " 72
-
- VII. A Ghāsiya (_Mirzapur district_) " 84
-
-
-
-
-MAPS
-
-
-The Indian Empire—Distribution of Population _At end of book_
-
-The Indian Empire—Distribution of Prevailing
- Languages "
-
-
-
-
-INTRODUCTION
-
-
-It is necessary, once more, to remind the reader that the peninsula of
-India has an area and population roughly equal to the area and
-population of Europe without Russia. Everyone who has learnt geography
-at school is familiar with the great triangle, its base in the soaring
-Himalayan heights in the north, its apex jutting into the Indian Ocean,
-and marked by the satellite island of Ceylon. To the north, then, is the
-great mountain barrier, a tangled mass of snowy peaks, glaciers and
-snowfields, separating the sunny plains of India proper from the
-plateaux of Central Asia. Beneath them lie wide river basins, sandy and
-dry as unirrigated Egypt to the west; moist, warm, and waterlogged to
-the east. To the south of the valleys of the Indus and the Ganges is the
-central plateau, home of many aboriginal races. This rises on the west
-into a castellated rampart of hills facing the Arabian Sea, and on the
-south slopes away into green undulating uplands. So much, at least, of
-geographical description must be given as a clue to the distribution of
-the peoples of India. Along the Himalayas, growing stronger in numbers
-as we go eastwards, are races mostly of a Mongolian type, mingled with
-purely Indian elements. In the Panjāb and the United Provinces, sending
-offshoots southwards along the well-watered west coast, are the peoples
-in whom the traces of Aryan immigration are most visible. In Bengal we
-find a duskier race, provisionally termed Mongolo-Dravidian, but with a
-strong infusion, in the upper classes, of western blood. In the south
-are a still darker population almost wholly Dravidian. It is in the most
-ancient part of India, in the high plateau of the Deccan, that there
-still dwell the peoples who are probably the aborigines of the land and
-use the most purely Indian languages, the various Dravidian dialects.
-The geologically recent valleys of the Indus and Ganges are the home of
-races, mingled with aboriginal peoples, whose language and physical
-features show that in them is a strong strain of immigrant blood.
-
-On the Himalayan slopes, in Assam, and especially in Burma, are
-Tibeto-Burman peoples, with something of a Japanese aspect. Intermingled
-with all these, in forests and on rough and hardly accessible hills, are
-scattered many groups of semi-savage folk, of whom little was known till
-the gradual spread of British rule carried the administrator, the
-missionary, and finally the anthropologist, into regions once considered
-unfit for the presence of civilised men.
-
-So far, it may be said, the distribution of Indian humanity is not very
-unlike that of the races of Europe. Even this very crude summary, it is
-true, shows at least three great groups of languages, Dravidian in the
-south, Indo-European in the west and north-west, Tibeto-Burman in the
-north and the north-east. There are in fact five separate families of
-human speech which have their homes in India; the Aryan, the Dravidian,
-the Mundā, the Mon-Khmer, and the Tibeto-Chinese. The lateral spread of
-these is, of course, no real indication of the present habitat of five
-different races of men. But they do indicate the existence, in varying
-degrees of purity, of five different origins, of which the Dravidian and
-Mundā alone can be said to be purely indigenous and confined to the
-Indian peninsula. Nowhere is it more easy than in India to see how
-languages spread from race to race, from tribe to tribe, with a sort of
-linguistic contagion; the stronger, more supple, more copious, more
-cultivated languages replacing and gradually destroying weaker forms of
-speech. Something of the same sort has occurred, and is even now
-happening, in Europe. But the surviving European languages are mostly
-sturdy and vigorous, and do not readily yield place to one another. In
-India the process of linguistic invasion is going on before our eyes,
-attendant on the gradual growth of Hindu civilisation and religion,
-which disdains to practise open and reasoned proselytism, but extends
-its borders nevertheless, and carries with it one or another of the
-Aryan dialects.
-
-In spite of the spread of the stronger languages, the five great
-families of Indian speech remain and testify to more varied origins than
-those of Europe. One of the first results of familiarity with Indian
-peoples is a sense of their remarkable variety of aspect and culture.
-When the stranger lands in India, his first feeling is one of
-bewildering sameness; the dusky beings that surround him seem as like
-one another as sheep, or peas. But that sensation is merely due to the
-predominance of unfamiliar colour, and soon gives way to an impression
-of astonishing and most interesting variety. This variety is exhibited
-by the careful anthropometric investigations of the ethnologist. But
-there is more variety than average measurements show, and the rough
-impressions of the experienced administrator and traveller are not
-without their value. For instance, Sir William Hunter, in his work on
-_The Indian Empire_, classified the highlanders of Chota Nagpore as a
-race apart, whom he called Kolārians. Sir H. H. Risley says that "the
-distinction between Kolārians and Dravidians is purely linguistic, and
-does not correspond to any differences of physical type." As a matter of
-average physical measurements, this criticism is just. The average
-dimensions of Sonthal skulls are the same as those of other Dravidian
-races. But he would be a poor observer of racial characteristics, who
-could not pick out a typical inhabitant of Chota Nagpore from a crowd of
-southern Dravidians. Even in parts of Bengal where such "Kolārian" folk
-have settled some generations ago, and have acquired the local language
-and dress, they are almost as easily distinguished as a Hindu
-undergraduate in Cambridge. If physical characters are rightly divided
-into "indefinite" signs of race, which can only be described with
-difficulty and hesitation in ordinary language, and the "definite" signs
-which can be measured and reduced to figures, yet the general aspect of
-a tribe or caste is the first thing which strikes an experienced
-enquirer's eye, and leads him to make further and more detailed
-investigations.
-
-So is it also with those divisions, peculiar to India, which are known
-to us by the Portuguese name of _caste_. The Indian name for caste is
-_varna_, or "colour," and physical differences between different castes
-were fairly obvious even before accurate averages were struck between
-many individual measurements. Caste has undoubtedly tended, and for
-similar reasons, to perpetuate such differences between classes of men
-as we readily recognise between different breeds of horses or cattle.
-The ages of men succeed one another more slowly than the generations of
-domestic animals, and segregation, in spite of caste rules, has probably
-at no time been so rigid as in the case of pure-bred animals. But there
-is a restriction in the matter of marriage which has been more or less
-efficacious, and especially so in the case of the higher castes, where
-the women are more carefully guarded, and pride of birth influences the
-future mothers of the race. In some rare instances, castes are still
-racial, preserved from immixture by much the same feeling which leads
-the white American to protect his race from a mingling of Negro or Red
-Indian blood. Other castes are still recognisably the result and record
-of such forbidden mixtures. Sometimes the resulting difference is so
-great as to be visible in actual measurements. Often the result is a
-mere peculiarity of aspect, such as enables an expert to identify a
-mongrel or a crossbreed among domesticated animals. In any case, once a
-caste is formed, it is fenced in by matrimonial rules, strict in
-proportion to the social status and consideration of the group. Not
-only, then, are the racial origins of modern India more various than
-those of Europe, but such varieties of colour, stature, and culture as
-exist tend to be perpetuated.
-
-It has been said, somewhat paradoxically, that whereas in Europe the
-divisions between races of men cut perpendicularly, as it were, so as to
-be more or less local and geographical, in India the separating lines
-run horizontally, and represent social strata. This, of course, is only
-partly true. The ancient Hindu theory of caste assumes the existence of
-four great divisions of Hindu humanity, extending all over India;
-namely, Brāhmans or priests, Kshatriyas, or warriors; Vaiçyas, or
-trading and professional folk; and Sūdras, who are most justly and aptly
-to be described as "the remainder." In all parts of Hindu India may be
-found representatives of this ancient and theoretical division of
-humanity, the first two usually claiming a western origin as eagerly as
-some of us claim a tincture of Norman blood. But it would be incorrect
-to say that even the highest and purest of these four divisions is of
-uniform race, or anything approaching to it, all over India. A Bengali
-Brāhman, for instance, can be more or less easily distinguished from
-other Bengalis, if he has the typical appearance of his caste. But he is
-even more easily distinguished from Brāhmans of other Provinces. How
-much of this last difference is due to mixture of blood, how much to
-difference of food and climate, it is, of course, difficult to say. But
-certainly caste produces a difference of breed in addition to the
-ethnical varieties of origin which differentiate the Indian populations
-from those of Europe.
-
-Thirdly, some clue to Indian racial differences may be found in the
-religions of the peninsula. The greatest of these is still the Indian
-religion _par excellence_, the wonderful collection of varied
-speculations, beliefs, and practices known to us as Hinduism, and its
-daughter, the religion of Buddha. The latter has spread far and wide,
-has subjugated Ceylon and Burma, and is the leading religion of the Far
-East. At one time, it was supposed to be entirely or nearly extinct in
-India, although students had discovered traces of its influence in the
-Vishnuvite sects of Hinduism. Recent researches have shown that an
-almost unaltered form of Buddhism survives in the very bosom of
-Hinduism, and is practised under Hindu names among certain castes of
-Bengal and Orissa. It is to be noted that the investigations into these
-survivals have been for the most part conducted by Bengali Hindus, among
-whom is springing up a school of ethnologists and comparative linguists,
-who only need a better knowledge and understanding of European methods
-to be invaluable aids to western research in such matters. In Bengal, a
-work of purely anthropological interest has actually been published in
-the vernacular, an interesting account of the Chakmas, a Tibeto-Burman
-but partly Hinduised race on the eastern border of Bengal. Closely akin
-to the lower forms of Hinduism, and often subtly blending with them, are
-many Animistic religions, most of them professed by aboriginal tribes,
-speaking one or other of the aboriginal languages.
-
-Islam and Christianity are, of course, imported and proselytising
-religions, and yield few if any clues to racial or social origins. Many
-Muhammadans profess to be, and not a few are, of authentic foreign
-origin. But during the seven hundred years of Muslim rule in India,
-there was much intermarriage with native races, and even more
-conversion. It is curious that, as in the case of Christianity, the
-conversions have been mostly among tribes and classes of the humbler
-sort. These were not denied admission into Hinduism, but they were only
-admitted on terms of social and racial degradation. Islam and
-Christianity alike claim to overlook the accidents of birth and status,
-and hence attract those to whom Hinduism only offered a place among the
-lowest ranks of its social hierarchy. But even in the case of the
-religions of Christ and Muhammad, the inveterate Indian tendency to
-recognise and insist on breed and social status has asserted itself
-again and again. Among Muhammadans, the Arabic tribal names have come to
-be the designations of social units which differ but little from the
-endogamous castes of Hinduism, and the same tendency is already evident
-among Christian converts. There is a marked reluctance in some quarters
-among ex-Hindus to intermarry with ex-Muslims, or even to participate in
-sacramental Communion with them.
-
-As with caste, so with religion, the divisions are not strictly
-horizontal. As Christianity is not one thing all over Europe, but has
-differences of creed, ritual, and practice corresponding to racial
-differences, so the Hinduism, and even the Muhammadanism, of different
-provinces varies. There is no sharp boundary; there are elements in
-common wherever we go. But just as Dravidian temple architecture can be
-easily distinguished, even by the unpractised eye, from that of the
-edifices of the Gangetic plains, so local peculiarities of belief or
-ritual may come to the aid of the anthropologist, and may suggest or
-confirm distinctions more easily verified and more capable of scientific
-proof.
-
-The study of all these matters is not without a practical and
-administrative interest at the present time. A hundred and fifty years
-ago, to the racial, tribal, and caste differences, accompanied by
-differences of language and religion, were added political divisions,
-accentuated by frequent dynastic or predatory wars. British rule
-has introduced two powerful unifying influences. Our system of
-administration, while it is adapted more or less effectively (more in
-some cases, less in others, according to the talent and character of
-local officers) to local precedents and local needs, is moulded by the
-great supervising and consolidating authority of the Governor-General in
-Council.
-
-Secondly, higher education in India is conducted for the most part in
-English, and educated India, rapidly growing in numbers, has English for
-its second language, and is modifying local beliefs, usages,
-aspirations, patriotisms in accordance with ideas more or less
-consciously assimilated from European teachers and models. No one can
-deny that this new unity of India is the direct result of centralised
-British rule. In the far distance of time, all or nearly all India
-would, for a while, accept the domination of some Hindu ruler or
-dynasty. Under the Muhammadans, similarly, there were times when the
-Emperor at Delhi was the ruler of all or nearly all India. Under British
-rule, a much wider and more populous India, ranging from Baluchistan to
-Burma, and only excepting the semi-independent states which have been
-allowed to retain sovereign powers, is really and for the first time
-part of the greatest administration on earth except that of China, if we
-look to numbers. It is a result, as the history of British India shows,
-for which we cannot claim the whole credit. The direction of the great
-work of unification has been in British hands; it has chiefly been
-carried out by indigenous agency, and, in matters of detail, in
-deference to Indian ideas and Indian suggestions. Even fifty years ago,
-few Indians supposed that the wide Empire of India could be governed
-save under British guidance, or without the aid of British bayonets. The
-old habitual forces of disruption were too obvious; the distrust of one
-race for another was still too keenly felt to allow Indian politicians
-to imagine a united India under indigenous rule. But as the educated
-classes grow in power, in numbers, in self-reliance, and reliance on one
-another; as some of them are promoted to posts of higher trust and
-authority in India, and even in England, it is perhaps only natural that
-Indians should suppose that, so far as politics and administration are
-concerned, the old divisions and dissensions are obsolete, and that
-united India can in future be governed by native agency. That is not a
-matter with which ethnology has anything to do. It is the ethnologist's
-business merely to record impartially what racial, tribal, social, and
-religious differences still survive, and, if he can, to show how far
-they have been, and are being, obliterated by the spread of education,
-and by growing self-confidence and ambition among educated Indians.
-Whether the information the ethnologist collects can be put to any
-administrative use does not concern him, nor does he desire that his
-impartiality shall be affected by these considerations. But, in a little
-book of this kind it may not be amiss to point out that one result of
-British rule has been the growth of a new type of Indian, the educated
-Indian; who, whether he be Hindu or Muhammadan or Buddhist, is at least
-inclined to subordinate the old hereditary divisions to common political
-ambitions. These ambitions affect the fortunes and the future of some
-three hundred millions of humbler Indians, at present only linked by the
-accident of common British rule, and, so far as they are Hindus, by a
-common Hindu sentiment.
-
-[Illustration: _Plate I_
-
- Mahābrāhmans
- (_Mirzapur district_)]
-
-In the following chapters, it will be my business to tell, as briefly
-and clearly as possible, of (1) the Ethnology and Castes of the Indian
-Peoples; (2) the Languages of India; (3) the Religions of India. I hope
-what I have already said will sufficiently show why these three subjects
-are treated in this order.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER I
-
-RACE AND CASTE
-
-
-Curiously enough, the systematic enquiry into the physical
-race-characteristics of the Indian peoples was due to a daring assertion
-by Mr Nesfield, of the Indian Educational Service, to the effect that,
-so far as physical signs go, there is practically only one Indian race
-and one Indian caste. This was a hasty but quite natural generalisation
-from experience of a part of India, the United Provinces, which is in
-the heart of the Aryan settlement in the Gangetic _do-āb_ (the area
-between "two rivers"). Here caste has long been a settled institution,
-and innumerable sub-castes, professional or the result of outcasting,
-have come into existence. Mr Nesfield was driven by his local
-observations to assert the unity of one great Indian race; he denied the
-truth of "the modern doctrine which divides the population of India into
-Aryan and aboriginal": he sturdily declared that it was impossible to
-distinguish a scavenger from a Brāhman, save by costume and other
-artificial and accidental marks. Even in the United Provinces this
-uncompromising statement awoke dissent. In other parts of India, as, for
-instance, on the north-eastern frontier, the crowded home of many races
-and languages, dissent was eager and loud. It was evident, on the face
-of it, that Mr Nesfield's new dogma was based on too limited a study.
-Caste, for him, was a mere matter of hereditary function and profession;
-since most castes in the sacred "midland" of Hinduism have assumed that
-guise. There is no reason to suppose that castes have usually or even
-often been formed as professional guilds. They come into being for many
-reasons, some of which will be presently stated; and in civilised
-communities, where the division of labour and specialisation of
-professional skill are well established, a caste gradually assumes some
-distinctive means of livelihood. But on the borders of Hinduism, where
-the Hindu social system is still assimilating new races, instances
-abound of racial castes, tribal castes, perhaps even (though this is a
-more doubtful matter) totemistic castes.
-
-Those who had the widest experience of the Peninsula were convinced that
-its races were at least as varied as those of Europe: those who, like Mr
-Nesfield, had made a close study of one limited tract, might have
-continued to believe that under the superficial distinctions of caste
-and class lay a real unity of race. But Mr (afterwards Sir H. H.) Risley
-had spent the early years of his Indian service among the Dravidian
-tribes of Chota Nagpore, and was aware that they differ more widely from
-the people Mr Nesfield had studied than an Englishman differs from a
-Turk. The difference, indeed, was almost as great as that between a
-European and a Chinaman. Could such differences be registered and
-described in such a way as to convince minds accustomed to scientific
-accuracy in statement? Mr Risley thought he saw his way to an
-ethnological classification of Indian races and castes by means of the
-then comparatively new methods of anthropometry. In 1891, he published
-in the _Journal of the Anthropological Institute_ a paper which marked
-the beginning of systematic ethnological studies in India. It contained
-a summary of the measurements of eighty-nine castes and tribes of
-Bengal, the United Provinces, and Bihār. It dealt, therefore, with the
-great alluvial plain, created by the Ganges and Indus, which lies
-between the Himalayas and the _massif central_ of the Deccan. Here is
-the home of the Aryan immigrants, where the great Indo-European
-languages are spoken by communities as numerous as the larger European
-nations. Anthropometry showed in the plainest, the most incontrovertible
-way, that the caste system of marriages had sorted out men into classes
-possessing definite and recognisable physical characteristics. There
-were local differences, and caste differences. It only remained to
-extend anthropometrical measurements to other parts of India to prove
-that the many languages and religious beliefs of India are associated
-with an even greater variety of physical qualities. Such enquiries are
-still in progress, but many notable results have already been obtained,
-especially by Mr Edgar Thurston, in his now famous investigations into
-Dravidian ethnography.
-
-The most important and significant measurement is that of the shape of
-the head. It is, of course, impossible to take a man at random and to
-say with certainty that the excessive length or breadth of his skull
-proves him to belong to a given race. But the average skull-measurements
-of a race are distinctive, and confirm, on the whole, the impressions
-created by general aspect, colour, language and other vaguer
-indications. The general result is as follows. At either end of the
-Himalayan range, in Baluchistan on the west, and in Assam and Burma on
-the east, broad heads prevail. Broad too are the heads of the mostly
-Mongolian races inhabiting the valleys of the southern slopes of the
-Himalayas, and in a belt of country running down the western coast at
-least as far south as Coorg. In the Panjāb, Rājputānā, and the United
-Provinces, tracts where the climate is dry and healthy, where great
-summer heat is compensated for by a bracing winter, where wheat is for
-the most part the staple food, long heads predominate. In Bihār,
-travelling eastwards, medium heads are most common. In the damp and
-steamy delta of Bengal, inhabited by over forty millions of rather dusky
-rice-eating people, there is a marked tendency towards the Mongolian
-brachy-cephaly of Tibeto-Burman races. It is visible among the
-Muhammadans and Chandāls of Eastern Bengal, people who are probably
-indigenous in this tract, it is more marked among the Kāyasthas, the
-writer-caste of Bengal, which claims a western and Aryan origin. It
-reaches its maximum development among the Bengali Brāhmans. South of the
-Vindhya mountains, where the population is chiefly Dravidian, with a
-comparatively small and ancient mixture of northern blood, the prevalent
-type is mainly long-headed or medium-headed. The coast-population has
-been much affected by foreign influences. On the east coast Malayan,
-Indo-Chinese and even Portuguese settlers have altered the local type.
-On the west coast, Arab, Persian, African, European, and Jewish
-immigrants have mingled with local races, and have changed their
-physiognomy, stature, and character of mind and body.
-
-It is still a moot point, which the Mendelists may some day settle for
-us, whether head-form is a true hereditary race-characteristic, whether
-the osseous structure of the body generally is not a result of climate,
-food and other such circumstances of environment. Yet the shape of the
-head as shown by average measurements does mark off races of men which
-are separated by other differences than those of habitat. They do
-correspond to those vaguer yet unmistakeable characteristics which
-enable us to tell one race from another. The Mongolian, even when he
-settles in the plains of Assam, Bengal, or Burma and takes to a diet of
-rice and fish, keeps his round head and his smooth hairless face. The
-Aryan of the north-west has a markedly long head, which, in his case,
-goes with a fair complexion and luxuriant beard. The Dravidian, darkest
-of Indian races, with a tendency to crinkly or curly hair, has also a
-long or medium head. The mixed races of Bengal have, it is not
-surprising to find, medium heads, which tend in the upper castes to
-become broad.
-
-Another significant index to race is the measurement of the nose. The
-results of nose-measurements roughly divide the peoples of India into
-three classes—those having narrow or fine noses (leptorrhine), in which
-the width is less than 70 per cent. of the height; those having medium
-noses (mesorrhine), with an average index of from 70 to 85; and
-broad-nosed (platyrrhine) people, the width of whose noses exceed 85 per
-cent. Here we get a physical means of distinguishing between the
-long-headed people of north-western India, fair and stalwart, and the
-almost equally long-headed dusky folk of the south. For the average nose
-of southern India, in Madras, the Central Provinces, and Chota Nagpore,
-is broad. In the Panjāb and Baluchistan we get fine noses of what, to us
-Europeans, seems an aristocratic type. In Afghanistan, noses are so long
-and hooked as to give the tall and vigorous Afghan a Jewish aspect. In
-the rest of India, and especially down the west coast, noses are of
-medium type. A still more interesting discovery is the fact that
-anywhere outside the Aryan tracts of the north-west, the broad nose is a
-distinct sign of aboriginal blood. In Bengal, for instance, the lower
-castes have broad noses. The priestly and writer castes, for all their
-broad heads, have fine noses, which support their claim to a western
-origin. Roughly speaking, the broad nose goes with primitive forms of
-social organisation, with totemistic exogamous clans. Finer noses are
-usually associated with communities of a more modern type; and above
-these again come social units, castes and tribes, which claim descent
-from eponymous saints and heroes.
-
-A third physical measurement enables us to effect a further sorting out
-of Indian races. What is called the "flatness" of the Mongolian face is
-plain to the most careless observer. This is due chiefly to the
-formation of the cheekbone, and its relation to the socket of the eye
-and the root of the nose. This can be measured and expressed in figures,
-with the result that the Mongoloid people of the north-east and the
-Himalayan region can be definitely distinguished from the broad-headed
-races of Baluchistan, Bombay, and Coorg.
-
-Finally, it is possible to arrive at the average stature of various
-Indian races and communities. The tallest races are found in the
-north-west, in Baluchistan, the Panjāb and Rājputānā. A progressive
-diminution is seen as we go down the valley of the Ganges, until we find
-very short folk among the Assam hill tribes. The Dravidians of the south
-are shorter than the Aryans of the north. The smallest Indian tribe is
-that of the Negritos of the Andaman Islands, whose average height is
-only 4 feet 10½ inches.
-
-From a careful comparison of these measurements, Sir Herbert Risley
-arrived at the classification of Indian humanity, which, for the moment,
-is the accepted division, into seven main physical types. Beginning with
-the north-western frontier, these are as follows:—
-
-(1) The _Turko-Iranian_ type, which comprises the Baloches, Brāhuis and
-Afghans of Baluchistan and the north-west Frontier Province. These are
-probably the result of a fusion of Turkī and Persian blood, and are all
-Muhammadans. The general aspect is wholly different from that of other
-Indian races, and no one who has ever seen an Afghan or Baloch, with his
-long Jewish nose and plentiful hair and beard, can ever confuse this
-type with any other. In temperament also these men of the border differ
-from other Indians. They are a fierce and warlike race, engaged in
-constant blood-feuds with one another.
-
-(2) The _Indo-Aryan_ type, with its home in the Panjāb, Rājputānā and
-Kashmir, has as its most conspicuous members the Rājputs, Khattris and
-Jāts. These, in all but colour (and even in colour they are hardly more
-dusky than the races round the Mediterranean) closely resemble the
-well-bred European in type. In stature they are tall, their complexion
-is fair; "eyes dark; hair on face plentiful; head long; nose narrow and
-prominent, but not specially long." One significant peculiarity of this
-group is that there is little difference in physical character between
-the upper and lower classes. This, as we shall presently see, is what we
-should expect from what is known of the history of these peoples. The
-upper social ranks probably represent the blood, but little diluted with
-indigenous mixture, of the Aryan immigrants. Even in the lower classes,
-the typical Aryan characteristics are now so prominent that any
-indigenous strain that exists is no longer noticeable in average
-measurements. Only in height, a quality especially sensitive to
-differences of food and sanitation, are the lower castes inferior. Here
-we get a remarkable modern instance of transformation of type. The
-preaching of the Sikh reformers, involving a change of food and the
-inculcation of martial discipline and fervour, has converted the
-despised scavenging Chuhrā into the soldierly Mazhabi, once a
-redoubtable foe of the English, and now one of the finest soldiers in
-the British army.
-
-(3) The _Scytho-Dravidian_ type, including the Marāthā Brāhmans, the
-Kunbīs, and the Coorgs of western India. These peoples differ from the
-Turko-Iranian races in being shorter, in having longer heads, higher
-noses, and flatter faces.
-
-(4) The _Aryo-Dravidian_ or Hindostāni type, which exists in the United
-Provinces, in parts of Rājputānā, and in Bihār. This type appears to be
-due to a mixture of Indo-Aryan and Dravidian strains. The higher classes
-resemble Indo-Aryans, the lower have a distinctly Dravidian aspect. Yet,
-even to the eye, they form a type apart and are easily recognised. In
-this type, the average nose-index corresponds exactly to social status.
-The noses grow broader as we go downwards in the social scale.
-
-(5) The very interesting _Mongolo-Dravidian_ or _Bengali_ type which is
-found in Bengal and Orissa. Here Aryan influences may still be detected
-in the upper classes, but there has been extensive mingling with
-Tibeto-Burman and Dravidian peoples, and other aboriginal inhabitants.
-The main distinguishing feature is the broad head, which is most
-conspicuous in the upper classes. It is shared equally by the Bengali
-Brāhman, who claims a western origin, and the Chittagong Mag, whose
-Tibeto-Burman origin is not denied. The Brāhman, on the other hand,
-inherits a fine and narrow nose, which may very well be due to
-Indo-Aryan ancestry. Recent investigations tend to show that Buddhism
-survived till a comparatively recent date in Bengal. Hence, no doubt, a
-temporary disregard of caste restrictions and a freer mixture with local
-strains.
-
-(6) The _Mongoloid_ type of the Himalayas, Nepāl, Assam, and Burma. "The
-head is broad: complexion dark, with a yellowish tinge; hair on face
-scanty; stature short or below average; nose fine to broad; face
-characteristically flat; eyelids often oblique." Here we have races
-which, if somewhat dark, correspond to the ideas most of us entertain
-about the external aspect and temperament of the Siamese or Japanese. In
-intellectual ability, and what we may call the artistic faculty, they
-are inferior to the Bengali. Most Europeans, however (or is it,
-therefore?) find them among the most congenial of Indian races. They are
-social, good-natured, straightforward people. In the western Himalayas,
-there has been intermixture with Aryan invaders, as in the Kangra Valley
-and Nepāl, and the ruling dynasties claim Rājput origin, for the
-Indo-Aryans loved to settle in the cool hills, much as the Anglo-Indian
-does to this day. But on the mountainous frontiers of North-East Bengal
-and Assam, the Mongoloid peoples have remained undisturbed till our own
-time. Linguistically, this group is peculiarly interesting, since they
-speak many tongues, many of which still remain to be recorded and
-studied by European scholars.
-
-(7) The _Dravidian_ type, which extends from Ceylon to the valley of the
-Ganges and covers all South-Eastern India. It is found in Madras,
-Hyderabad, the Central Provinces, most of Central India, and Chota
-Nagpore. Its purest representatives dwell on the Malabar coast and in
-Chota Nagpore. Here we have probably the original inhabitants of India,
-now modified in some degree by an infiltration of Aryan, Scythian and
-Mongoloid elements. "The stature is short or below mean; the complexion
-very dark, approaching black; hair plentiful, with an occasional
-tendency to curl; eyes dark; head long; nose very broad, sometimes
-depressed at the root, but not so as to make the face appear flat."
-
-[Illustration: _Plate II_
-
- Kāyasthas—the writer caste
- (_Mirzapur district_)]
-
-It must, of course, be understood, that these types and the names
-allotted to them merely show that in certain areas the average
-characteristics of the peoples dwelling there can be sufficiently
-separated to be recognisable not only by eye but by the callipers of the
-anthropologist. The names, it will be noticed, in some cases, imply
-theories as to the origin of the races thus grouped together. These
-theories are partly based on measurements, partly on tradition, partly
-on linguistic considerations. It remains for me to state, very rapidly,
-what these theories are.
-
-That the Dravidians are the oldest race in India is rendered _primâ
-facie_ probable by the fact that they inhabit the southernmost part of
-the peninsula, between races who can with some certainty be called
-invaders—and the deep sea. There is a remarkable uniformity of physical
-characteristics among the lower specimens of this type. They have in
-common an animistic religion, their distinctive language, their peculiar
-stone monuments, and a primitive system of totemism. They do not
-resemble Europeans on the one hand, or the races of the Far East on the
-other. Until proof to the contrary is forthcoming they may well be
-regarded as the autochthones of India.
-
-There is more room for difference of opinion as to the origins of the
-brilliant and highly civilised Indo-Aryans of the Panjāb and Rājputānā.
-As I have said before, we have here a population closely resembling that
-of modern Europe in many respects. I might have added that it still more
-closely resembles the Europe of the Roman empire. Nowhere else in Hindu
-India does caste sit so lightly, or approach so nearly to the social
-classes of Europe. Though there are rules, or rather customs, forbidding
-intermarriage between different castes, yet these are mitigated by the
-custom, not unknown to ourselves, of _hypergamy_. This simply means that
-a man may take a wife from a lower caste, but will not give his
-daughters to men of that caste. The result is a uniformity of physical
-type found nowhere else in India. Moreover these people speak a language
-of the Indo-European family, and have many words and idioms in common
-with ourselves. The present theory of their origin is simply that they
-are in the bulk immigrants into India, immigrants who came into the land
-from the north-west with their herds and families, as the Jews entered
-into and possessed Palestine.
-
-One chief objection to this theory is that the lands through which they
-must have passed are in no way fitted to be an _officina gentium_, being
-now dry, barren, and all but deserted. But abundant indications remain
-to show that the climate of South-Eastern Persia and the tracts to the
-north has changed within comparatively recent times. The relics of
-crowded populations and ancient civilisations abound in regions now
-sandy desert, and there is evidence in the tales told by Greek and
-Chinese travellers that the Panjāb itself, most of it comparatively
-arid, was once well wooded. The theory then is that the homogeneous and
-handsome population of the Panjāb and Rājputānā represents the almost
-pure descendants of Aryan settlers, who carried the Indo-European
-languages now prevailing over Northern India, just as our own emigrants
-took the English language to America.
-
-But we have also to account for the Aryo-Dravidians who inhabit the
-sacred "midland" country of Hinduism, and here we have Dr Hoernle's now
-famous theory, remarkably confirmed by the researches of Sir George
-Grierson's _Linguistic Survey_. This theory supposes that a second swarm
-of Aryan-speaking people, perhaps driven forward by the change of
-climate in central Asia, entered India through the high and difficult
-passes of Gilgit and Chitral, and established themselves in the fertile
-plains between the Ganges and the Jumna. They followed a route which
-made it impossible for their women to accompany them. They took to
-themselves wives from the daughters of dusky Dravidian aborigines. Here,
-by contact with a different, and in their sentiment, inferior race,
-caste came into being. Here most of the Vedic hymns were composed. Here,
-by a blending of imported and indigenous religious ideals, the ritual
-and usages of Hindu religion came into being, to spread in altered forms
-east and west and south. The necessity for this second hypothesis is
-twofold. It accounts for the marked ethnical barrier which separates
-western from eastern Hindustan. Elsewhere the various types melt
-imperceptibly into one another. Here alone is a definite racial border
-line. Again, the theory accounts for the fact that the Vedic hymns
-contain no description whatever of the earlier Aryan migration, and for
-the fact that the inhabitants of the middle land always felt a dislike
-for the early immigrants as men of low culture and barbarous manners.
-For the present, at all events, and perhaps for all time, Dr Hoernle's
-ingenious theory holds the field.
-
-No special theory is required to account for the physical and mental
-qualities of the Mongolo-Dravidians of Bengal. No doubt the original
-population was Dravidian with a strong intermixture of Tibeto-Burmese
-blood, especially in the east and north-east. But the Hindu religion,
-developed in the sacred Midlands round Benares, spread to Bengal,
-bringing with it the Indo-European speech which in medieval times became
-the copious and supple Bengali tongue. From the west too came what we in
-Europe would call the gentry, the priestly and professional castes.
-These have acquired most of the local physical characters, dusky skin,
-low stature, round heads. But in nearly all cases, the fineness and
-sharp outline of the nose shows their aristocratic origin, and in some
-instances a Bengali Brāhman has all the physical distinction of a
-western priest or sage.
-
-When we turn to the Scytho-Dravidian group we have again to fall back on
-records of ancient invasions from the north. Ancient some of them were,
-but far less ancient than the settlement of the Aryans in the
-north-west. The Sakas have provided India with one of its many
-chronological eras; they founded dynasties which have left coins behind
-them, they have left vague but widely spread traditions. They were what
-we Europeans call Scythians. They were known to the Persians, the
-Parthians, and the Chinese. Their original home seems to have been in
-the south of China, a land of pre-eminently round-headed races. We know
-that they established their dominion over portions of the Panjāb, Sind,
-Gujarāt, Rājputānā and Central India. If they have left traces of their
-settlement on their descendants we may reasonably expect to find
-round-headed races and tribes in regions mostly surrounded by
-long-headed peoples. Such a zone of broad-headed people does in fact
-extend from the western Panjāb right through the Deccan, till it finally
-ends in Coorg. Sir H. H. Risley's theory is that the Scythians first
-occupied the great grazing country of the western Panjāb, and finding
-their progress eastwards blocked by the Indo-Aryans, turned southwards,
-mingled with the Dravidians, and became the ancestors of the warlike
-Marātha race. Such an origin forms a tempting explanation of the
-well-known predatory habits of the Marātha hordes, and of their frequent
-raids all over the peninsula under the decaying administration of the
-later Mogul Emperors. It is an interesting and fascinating speculation,
-since it accounts not only for the physical aspect of the Marāthas but
-for their characteristic political genius, for their wide-ranging
-forays, their guerilla warfare, their unscrupulous dealings, their
-inveterate love of intrigue, their clannish habits.
-
-I must here boldly borrow Sir H. H. Risley's summary of the historical
-record of Scythian invasions into India, since that is the main
-justification for his theory. "In the time of the Achaemenian kings of
-Persia," he says, "the Scythians, who were known to the Chinese as Sse,
-occupied the regions lying between the lower course of the Sillis or
-Jaxartes and Lake Balkash. The fragments of early Scythian history which
-may be collected from classical writers are supplemented by the Chinese
-annals, which tell us how the Sse, originally located in southern China,
-occupied Sogdiana and Trans-oxiana at the time of the establishment of
-the Graeco-Bactrian monarchy. Dislodged from these regions by the
-Yueh-chi, who had themselves been put to flight by the Huns, the Sse
-invaded Bactriana, an enterprise in which they were frequently allied
-with the Parthians. To this circumstance, Ujfalvy says may be due the
-resemblance which exists between the Scythian coins of India and those
-of the Parthian kings. At a later period, the Yueh-chi made a further
-advance, and drove the Sse or Sakas out of Bactriana, whereupon the
-latter crossed the Paropamisus and took possession of the country called
-after them Sakastān, comprising Segistān, Arachosia, and Drangiana. But
-they were left in possession only for a hundred years, for about 25 B.C.
-the Yueh-chi disturbed them afresh. A body of Scythians then emigrated
-eastwards, and founded a kingdom in the western portion of the Panjāb.
-The route they followed in their advance upon India is uncertain; but to
-a people of their habits it would seem that a march through Baluchistan
-would have presented no serious difficulties.
-
-"The Yueh-chi, afterwards known as the Tokhari, were a power in Central
-Asia and the north-west of India for more than five centuries, from 130
-B.C. The Hindus called them Sakas and Turushkas, but their kings seem to
-have known no other dynastic title than that of Kushan. The Chinese
-annals tell us how Kitolo, chief of the Little Kushans, whose name is
-identified with the Kidara of the coins, giving way before the incursion
-of the Ephthalites, crossed the Paropamisus, and founded, in the year
-425 of our era, the kingdom of Gandhāra, of which, in the time of his
-son, Peshawar became the capital. About the same time, the Ephthalites
-or Ye-tha-i-li-to of the Chinese annals, driven out of their territory
-by the Yuan-yuan, started westward, and overran in succession Sogdiana,
-Khwarizan (Khiva), Bactriana, and finally the north-west portion of
-India. Their movements reached India in the reign of Skanda Gupta
-(452-80) and brought about the disruption of the Gupta empire. The
-Ephthalites were known in India as Huns. The leader of the invasion of
-India, who succeeded in snatching Gandhāra from the Kushans and
-established his capital at Sākala, is called by the Chinese Laelih, and
-inscriptions enable us to identify him with the original Lakhan
-Udayāditya of the coins. His son Toramāna (490-515) took possession of
-Gujarāt, Rājputānā, and part of the Ganges valley, and in this way the
-Huns acquired a portion of the ancient Gupta kingdom. Toramāna's
-successor, Mihirakula (515-44), eventually succumbed to the combined
-attack of the Hindu princes of Mālwā and Magadha."
-
-I now come to the ethnography as distinguished from the ethnology of
-India. Of anthropometry and the lessons to be learnt from it, I have no
-personal experience, and have had to borrow my materials at second-hand.
-But with the great system of caste, its workings, its manifold
-ramifications, everyone who has lived in India has come into more or
-less close contact. How important caste is in the social life of the
-country may be easily inferred from this little fact. I once asked the
-late Navin Chandra Sen, then the most popular of Bengali poets, if he
-would attempt a definition of what a Hindu is. After many suggestions,
-all of which had to be abandoned on closer examination, the poet came to
-the conclusion that a Hindu is (1) one who is born in India of Indian
-parents on both sides, and (2) accepts and obeys the rules of caste.
-Hinduism is, roughly speaking, the religion of the Aryo-Dravidians, the
-upper and fairer classes among whom regarded the aborigines,
-matrimonially, much as white Americans regard their negro fellow
-citizens. It has spread over nearly the whole of India and is still
-spreading, usually but not always, carrying with it one of the
-Indo-European languages of India. It is the religion and social system
-of races and classes which consider themselves intrinsically superior,
-and practise a traditional kind of eugenics, of race preservation.
-Humbler or more barbarous races are admitted on various conditions into
-caste, sometimes into higher, sometimes into lower positions. The
-process is one of that kind of "legal fiction" with which students of
-Roman law are familiar. It is a process of unification and, at the same
-time, of social segregation. I have already alluded to the suggestion
-that caste-divisions are horizontal, as it were, compared with the
-geographical divisions of races. But it is always dangerous to make
-general statements about three hundred millions of people scattered over
-so large an area as India. There are Brāhmans in every part of India,
-and these usually trace their origin back to the sacred midland where
-Hinduism came into being. They may be, and probably are, the descendants
-of the missionaries by whom the religion of the Hindus is, imperceptibly
-and without open proselytism, spread abroad. Something corresponding to
-a warrior caste and a caste of scribes is to be found in most provinces,
-and many of these either claim to be migrants, or have been admitted by
-adoption into the privileges of warrior or writer blood.
-
-But there are many castes which are purely local, even in name, and are
-not found elsewhere than in the places where they were admitted into the
-Hindu community. Many closely printed pages in the Census Reports of
-each province and state enumerate and describe the thousands of castes
-revealed by the numbering of the people. It is, of course, only possible
-to give a very vague and general idea of some of the classes into which
-the castes of India may conveniently be divided.
-
-I am tempted here to borrow Sir Herbert Risley's definition of caste.
-But it is a highly abstract definition, and one that cannot be easily
-carried in the head, even by those who have a practical and familiar
-acquaintance with members of Indian castes. Roughly a caste is a group
-of human beings who may not intermarry, or (usually) eat, with members
-of any other caste. There are also sub-castes which are also endogamous.
-Very frequently, especially in the parts of India where caste is already
-an institution of immemorial antiquity, a caste has allotted to it a
-profession or occupation.
-
-Before we discuss castes properly so called, it is convenient to speak
-of the tribes of India, since tribes have a tendency to become castes
-when they come under the pervasive influence of Hindu social ideas. In
-the south of India are Dravidian tribes, of which the best example are
-the tribes of Chota Nagpore. These are divided into a number of
-exogamous groups or clans, calling themselves by the name of an animal
-or plant, which may be regarded as their totem. The Khonds of Orissa,
-who once bore an evil name for their practice of human sacrifices to
-propitiate the earth-goddess, are divided into fifty _gochis_ or
-exogamous clans, each of which bears the name of a village, and believes
-itself to be descended from a common ancestor. These _gochis_ are the
-nearest known approach to the local exogamous tribe which Mr McLennan
-and the French sociologists believe to be the earliest form of human
-society.
-
-The Mongoloid tribes of Assam are much of the same kind, but in many
-cases, as among the head-hunting Nagas, live at perpetual warfare with
-one another. In such cases they usually capture their wives in war. It
-is interesting to note that when population grows too dense for the
-profitable pursuit of the chase, their principal means of livelihood,
-such a tribe breaks up into two or more "villages," which immediately
-begin waging war with one another, which is quite what a French
-sociologist would expect them to do. I can tell of a case within my own
-experience in which the headman of a parent village invited the chief of
-a colony village (his own nephew) to a feast and palaver with his young
-warriors. The guests were all treacherously put to the sword, as a means
-of acquiring heads and concubines. I could not get the headman to see
-that he had been guilty of an atrocious crime. For him, it was lawful
-strategy. And indeed Naga warfare is merely a series of artfully planned
-ambushes in which not a few of our own officers perished before we
-undertook the direct administration of the Naga Hills. Sir H. Risley
-remarks of this group of tribes that "no very clear traces of totemism
-have been discovered among them." Subsequent enquiries, however, show
-that totemistic clans do exist in some of the Assam tribes.
-
-[Illustration: _Plate III_
-
- Dharkārs
- (_Mirzapur district_)]
-
-Of the Turko-Iranian tribes of the north-western frontier I need not
-speak at any length, since these tribes are all sturdy followers of the
-Prophet, and save that they are under British rule can hardly be said to
-belong to India at all. There is no likelihood that they will ever be
-received into the tolerant bosom of Hinduism, since, to the Indian
-proper, the Baloch and the Afghan are disagreeable and swaggering
-caterans, who have an innate scorn for the typical Hindu hierarchy of
-caste. Among these tribes it is martial ability and valour that win a
-man consideration and wives.
-
-Let us now turn to caste properly so called, the traditional social
-divisions of the Hindus. And first it is necessary to say something of
-the ancient Hindu theory of what caste is, and how it came into
-existence.
-
-As with the Hebrews, the religious literature of India contains a vast
-mass of what can only be called law, and perhaps, the most famous of
-Indian law books is the Institutes of Manu, a compilation of rules
-relating to magic, religion, law, custom, ritual and metaphysics. Even
-to this day, these branches of speculation and enquiry, so distinct to
-western imaginations, are apt to be confused together as a result of the
-pantheistic feeling which pervades Hinduism. The Institutes is a
-comparatively modern book, but it repeats ideas which are found in a
-more or less explicit form in early authorities[1]. In this book we are
-told that in the beginning of things the Pan-theos who "contains all
-created things and is inconceivable" produced by effort of thought a
-golden egg, from which he himself was born as Brahmā, the creator of the
-known universe. From his mouth, his arms, his thighs, and his feet
-respectively he created the four great leading castes, the Brāhman, the
-Kshatriya, the Vaiçya, and the Sūdra. These were, briefly, the priests,
-the warriors and gentlefolk, the traders, and the servile classes of
-human society. The other castes were gradually formed, the theory
-states, by intermarriages between these. The three higher castes were
-allowed to take wives from lower castes. When the caste of the mother
-was next below that of the father, the child took the caste of his
-mother and no new caste was formed. But where the difference of
-condition was greater than this, new castes were formed, lower than
-those of either parent. Some discrepancies of rank produced unions which
-were regarded as peculiarly offensive to human feelings and as
-tantamount to incestuous intercourse. These resulted in very degraded
-castes. Where the father married beneath him, the marriage was described
-as _anuloma_ or "with the hair." When a woman was guilty of a
-_mésalliance_, the marriage was called _pratiloma_ or "against the
-hair." The most disgraceful union of this kind was that between a
-Brāhman woman and a Sūdra man, the resulting offspring being relegated
-to the caste of Chandāl. The unfortunate Chandāl is described as "that
-lowest of mortals," and is condemned, as Sir H. Risley says, to live
-outside the village, to clothe himself in the garments of the dead, to
-eat from broken dishes, to execute criminals, and to carry out the
-corpses of friendless men.
-
-The most superficial acquaintance with existing caste divisions shows
-that this theory is not so much a hypothesis as a fanciful fiction. In
-eastern Bengal, for instance, the Chandāl is evidently a Mongoloid
-aboriginal, with a considerable strain of Dravidian and perhaps even of
-Aryan blood. Yet the fiction shows plainly enough the estimation in
-which one of the numerically largest divisions of local society is held.
-Some thirty years ago, when I was a young magistrate, a comely Chandāl
-girl appeared before me, her face streaming with blood from a scalp
-wound. She asserted gravely that a Sūdra of higher caste had struck her
-on the head with a stick, because he had found her reading a book as she
-sat in the doorway of her father's cottage. I was disinclined to believe
-this story, but her assailant was promptly sent for, and being brought
-straight to me, admitted the truth of the charge, and seemed surprised
-at my indignation at a cowardly assault.
-
-As an attempt to account for the origin and explain the nature of caste
-the theory of Manu is obviously a failure. But it contains a picture of
-the early castes. It is also interesting because the idea of four
-original _varnas_ or "colours" of men may have been borrowed from the
-old Persian social organisation. The early scriptures, the Vedas, show
-that this conception of four original castes was not brought to India by
-Aryan immigrants. But when caste came into being as a result of the
-contact of Aryan settlers with Dravidian aborigines, this mythological
-explanation, which gave such conspicuous eminence to priests and
-warriors, an eminence already conceded to them on account of the
-importance of their functions, was readily accepted as a convincing
-explanation of the hereditary differences between men in society, a
-difference not merely of function, but of colour, aspect, gesture,
-speech, breeding, and intelligence. It is necessary to mention this
-theory, however briefly, since it still holds ground, except among those
-Indians who have had a European education and even among them has the
-interest of early and sacred associations which, in Europe, belongs to
-the cosmological speculations of the book of Genesis.
-
-What, next, are castes as they appear to the eye of the European
-ethnologist, free from preconceived prejudice, and only anxious to come
-as near the truth as is possible in his dealings with ancient
-institutions round which has gathered a vast mass of venerable
-superstition and religious speculation? In the first place, castes are
-often still recognisably _tribes_. Sometimes the leading men of an
-aboriginal tribe will acquire sufficient wealth and social consideration
-to wish to obtain the stamp of recognition as reputable Hindus. They
-will call themselves, for example, and induce their neighbours and the
-priests of these to call them, Rājputs. They may not at first succeed in
-intermarrying with true hereditary Rājputs, but in time they will be
-just Rājputs like any other Rājputs. Or, again, a number of non-Hindus,
-animists, will join one of the many Hindu sects or fraternities and will
-intermarry with Vaishnavas, Lingayats, Rāmayats, or other devotees of
-some favourite deity. Or again, a whole tribe or a considerable portion
-of a tribe, usually one of some political importance, will enter
-Hinduism by means of some plausible fiction. The instance quoted by Sir
-H. Risley is that of the Koches of north-eastern Bengal. These people
-are Tibeto-Burmans and until recent times spoke a dialect of the
-agglutinative Bodo language. They now call themselves Rājbansis, "of
-royal birth," or Bhāngā Kshatriyas, "broken warriors," names which
-enable them to claim an origin from the traditional dispersion of the
-Aryan warrior caste by the hero Parasu Rāma, "Rāma of the battle axe."
-They claim descent from the epic monarch Dasarath, father of Rāma, have
-their own Brāahmins, and have begun to adopt the Brāhminical system of
-exogamous _gotras_. But, as Sir H. Risley remarks, they are in a
-transitional state, since they have all hit upon the same _gotra_, and
-are therefore compelled to marry within it, except in the rare instances
-in which they contract unions with Bengali women.
-
-A still more interesting, because more recent, instance of this sort is
-that of the Meithei, now known to Hindus as Manipuris. In the
-Mahābhāarata is told the tale of how the hero Arjuna wandered from his
-brethren into Southern and Eastern India, and, among other adventures,
-met (as Æneas with Dido) with Chitrangadā, the fair daughter of the King
-of Manipur, somewhere near the eastern coast. Some 150 years ago, the
-then king of the beautiful valley of Imphāl, between Assam and Burma,
-was thinking of becoming a Muhammadan, by way of courting the favour of
-the Muhammadan rulers of Bengal. But Hindu priests persuaded him that a
-better way of linking his fortunes with those of India, rather than with
-Ava (with whose royal family his dynasty had usually intermarried), was
-by becoming Hindu with all his people. Imphāl was identified with
-Manipur, and many of the Meithei race became Vishnuvite Hindus with
-their ruler, though they retain their primitive Tibeto-Burman language.
-I may mention a little personal reminiscence to show how completely the
-change by fictitious adoption was accepted in Bengal. In 1891, my old
-friend and chief, Mr Quinton, with all his staff, was treacherously
-murdered at Manipur. Subsequently when I was magistrate of Chittagong, I
-found that my head clerk, an extremely mild and intelligent Bengali
-Kāyastha, had celebrated the easily suppressed mutiny at Manipur by
-writing a drama based on the ancient legend of Arjuna's amours with
-Chitrangadā!
-
-Sometimes an aboriginal tribe will become a Hindu caste without losing
-its old tribal designation. They will worship Hindu gods without daring
-wholly to neglect tribal deities, which, as might perhaps be expected,
-are left chiefly to the women of the tribe. Such a tribe will rapidly
-assimilate itself to the beliefs and practices of Hindu neighbours, and
-finally only its name and (except in case of occasional intermarriage
-with other castes) its physical aspect will remain to testify to its
-origin.
-
-Castes are at present classified as follows:
-
-(1) What Sir H. Risley calls _the tribal type_, instances of which have
-been given above. Such tribal castes abound in all parts of India. It is
-not improbable that the great Sūdra division of Hindu tradition was
-originally the whole mass of Dravidian aboriginals as they came into
-contact with Aryan immigrants, and were conceded a subordinate place in
-their social system. It would be useless to give a list of the names of
-such castes, but I cannot refrain from mentioning the excellent Doms of
-the Assam Valley, whose name unfortunately associates them with very
-different people in India proper. They are obviously of Tibeto-Burman
-origin, and deserve closer study than they receive. Their long thatched
-places of worship, true synagogues for meeting together and curiously
-unlike the tiny _cellæ_ of Hindu temples, are among the most conspicuous
-features of Assam villages. They have no idols, and place a _puthi_, a
-holy book, on what may pass for the village altar. They are vaguely
-Hinduised, but will humbly declare "_āmi hindu na hô_," "we are not
-Hindu folk." Yet they are well on their way towards acceptance into
-caste, and have already a strong infusion of Hindu blood.
-
-Other border races, though they are still too savage and independent to
-become Hindu, are marked down for absorption. Such, for instance, are
-the Daflas of the northern border of Assam, cousins of the Abors to whom
-attention has been drawn by recent events. The Daflas are still frankly
-animistic; their love of strong spirits and other intoxicants, their
-addiction to their favourite diet of roast pork, their extremely
-uncleanly habits and barbarous speech, all make them very offensive to
-the gentle vegetarian Hindus their neighbours. But it happens that the
-tribal costume closely resembles the traditional dress of Mahādēva, the
-Destroyer, the most active and formidable member of the Hindu Trinity,
-and already some Hindus speak of these genial Highlanders as Siva-bansa,
-as "of Siva's race." Many other examples, with interesting details of
-fictional methods, will be found in Mr E. A. Gait's admirable _History
-of Assam_.
-
-(2) _The functional or occupational type_ of caste. This is the form of
-caste best known to Europeans, because, since the first European
-missionaries and traders visited those parts of India where the caste
-system has had the longest opportunity to evolve, they came most into
-contact with this, which is probably the oldest and most elaborated form
-of caste. The Hindu theory of caste encouraged the adoption of special
-occupations, and now the evolution has proceeded so far that change of
-occupation may usually result in a change of caste. A remarkable
-instance of this is found in the Marāthi districts of the Central
-Provinces. Here is a separate and newly formed caste of village servants
-called Gārpagāri, "hail-averters," whose business it is to protect the
-village crops from hailstorms. Shepherds who take to tillage break away
-from their pastoral brethren, and so on. Even those who retain their
-traditional occupations are wont to adopt more seemly-sounding names
-than those that belong to their trade. I have known barbers who called
-themselves Chandra-vaidyas[2], which is a promotion more subtle than a
-mere ascent to the status of "hair-dresser," and washermen who have
-followed suit by dubbing themselves Sukla-vaidya, a word of which
-"white-worker" is a crude but sufficiently suggestive translation.
-
-(3) The _sectarian type_ is a singularly interesting example of the
-strong social influence of Hindu sentiment. Nearly all new Hindu sects
-begin by renouncing caste in the enthusiastic following of some single
-deity, some new explanation of the mysteries of life, and love, and
-death. These sects are usually the followers of some reforming theorist,
-whose leadership is apt to become hereditary. Such sects almost always
-believe that all men are equal, or at all events, that all who accept
-their doctrines are equal. One of my most interesting recollections is
-of a now distant interview with a buxom middle-aged lady, the hereditary
-leader of the Kartā-bhajās of Central Bengal. She sat unveiled, and was
-accessible to all who, like myself, were interested in the community
-over which she exercised a firm but good-natured control. It is a
-picturesque detail that her chosen seat when receiving visitors was an
-ancient European four-poster bedstead. Her followers (and revenues) were
-growing rapidly, increased chiefly by the democratic instinct which,
-even in India, revolts against social prestige. But it would seem that
-when such a sect grows and spreads, the old separatist ideas reassert
-themselves, and the sect breaks up into smaller endogamous communities,
-whose status depends on the original position of the members in
-Hinduism. The most remarkable instance of this kind is furnished by the
-great Lingayat caste of Bombay, which contains over two and a half
-millions of members. In the twelfth century the Lingayats were a sect
-who believed in the equality of all men. In Mr P. J. Mead's Bombay
-Census Report for 1911 is a very interesting account of the present
-condition of the Lingayats, an account which shows how the scholar, the
-linguist, and the administrator can work together to find materials for
-the anthropologist. Dr Fleet's examination of ancient inscriptions has
-thrown much light on the origin of the sect, but the author of the
-Report holds that there may be some reason to think that the sect is
-much older than is commonly supposed. In any case, they are already
-divided into three great groups, comprising many subdivisions.
-
-(4) _Castes formed by crossing_ come aptly to show that there was some
-basis for Manu's theory of caste after all. Castes, nowadays, increase
-by fission, by throwing off sub-castes, and one species of these
-sub-castes is created by mixed marriages. This tendency, curiously
-enough, is most evident in Dravidian tribes, such as the Mundās, which
-are not yet wholly Hinduised, but have been affected by Hindu example.
-So far as I know, these mixed castes do not occur among the Mongoloid
-peoples, and I have come across cases where a member of an aboriginal
-tribe has been accepted into the caste of a Hindu girl he has married.
-In one case, within my own experience, the bridegroom had begun as an
-animist, had become Christian, and finally entered by marriage into the
-quite respectable Koch caste. One interesting caste in Bengal, that of
-the Shāgirdpeshas, owes its origin to concubinage with the so-called
-slaves, the women of tenants surrounding a homestead who pay their rent
-in service. This, it will be observed, is a caste of illegitimacy, in
-which the relationship between the legitimate and illegitimate children
-of a man of good caste is recognised, but the two are not allowed to eat
-together. The classical instance of a mixed caste is the Khas of Nepāl,
-said to be the result of very ancient intermarriages between Rājput or
-Brāhman immigrants and the Mongolian "daughters of men."
-
-[Illustration: _Plate IV_
-
- Banjara women
- (_Mirzapur district_)]
-
-(5) _Castes of the national type._ This somewhat daring title we owe to
-the great authority of Sir H. Risley. As one instance, he mentions the
-Newārs, a Mongoloid people, who were once the ruling race in Nepāl, till
-the Gurkha invasion in 1769, and have now become a caste. Other
-instances might be found on the north-eastern frontier. But the people
-Sir Herbert Risley had in mind when he invented this term was
-undoubtedly the remarkable Marātha race, once the most daring warriors
-and freebooters in India, and now the rivals of the Bengalis in
-intellectual ability, and probably more than their equals in political
-sagacity. Sir Rāmkrishna Gopāl Bhandārkar is our authority for the
-statement that the Rattas were a tribe who held political supremacy in
-the Deccan from the earliest days. In time they became Mahā-rattas,
-"Great Rattas," and the land in which they lived was called Mahārattha,
-which, by a common linguistic habit of mankind, was Sanskritised into
-Mahā-rāshtra. Their marriage customs show marked traces of totemistic
-institutions. An extremely interesting account of the present condition
-of this warlike and enterprising race will be found at pp. 289, 290 of
-the Bombay Census Report for 1911. It neither supports nor discourages
-Sir H. Risley's ingenious theory of the Scythic origin of the Marāthas,
-which is at least a theory which recognises the respect in which our
-ancestors held their martial prowess and talents[3].
-
-(6) _Castes formed by migration._ These are new castes which serve to
-enforce the warning against a too ready acceptance of the definition of
-caste as a "horizontal" division of humanity. It is a method of forming
-new communities of Hindus which is very easily intelligible to us,
-seeing that our own race is split into sections only differing from
-castes in not being strictly endogamous, such as Anglo-Indians,
-Australians, New Zealanders, and so forth. Members leave home and settle
-among strangers. They are assumed to have formed foreign habits, eaten
-strange food, worshipped alien gods, and have a difficulty—an expensive
-difficulty—in finding wives in the parent caste. After a time they marry
-only among themselves, become a sub-caste, and are often known by some
-territorial name, Bārendra, Rārhi, or what not. Such seemingly are the
-remarkable Nāmbudri Brāhmans of Malabar, and the Rārhi Brāhmans of
-Bengal. Sometimes change of habitat brings about loss of rank, sometimes
-promotion. These are matters on which the Census Reports now being
-published are full of interesting details. But they are matters which
-are not easily summarised. No doubt Mr Gait's Report on the combined
-results of Census operations in India will show the progress of castes
-of this type during the last ten years.
-
-(7) _Castes formed by changes of custom._ This is a fruitful cause of
-new divisions of Hindu society. It is, for the moment, more than usually
-operative, owing to the spread of education, and often represents a
-difference of social opinion which corresponds, more or less closely, to
-Conservative and Radical ideas among ourselves. It evidently was always
-a cause of fissiparous tendencies. The most notable instance is the
-distinction between Jāts and Rājputs, both apparently sprung from the
-same stock, but separated socially, amongst other causes, by the fact
-that the former practise and the latter abjure infant marriages.
-
- * * * * *
-
-This is a very rapid and highly summarised account of the races and
-castes of India. There are many obvious omissions. Nothing has been said
-of the Sikhs, little or nothing about the numerous races of the
-north-eastern frontier. But enough has been said to give a fair general
-impression of what the physical characters of the Indian peoples are,
-and what kind of institution caste is in its practical working. More
-might have been said about totemistic clans, but on this subject those
-who would pursue their studies further have only to turn to Dr J. G.
-Frazer's work on the subject. In the next chapter, I have to borrow my
-materials from Sir G. A. Grierson, and show how the peoples of India are
-divided by differences of language. On the whole, those linguistic
-divisions correspond with remarkable accuracy to the orographical and
-climatic structure of the country and the racial divisions which we owe
-to the learning and ingenuity of Sir H. H. Risley. Where there are great
-open plains, watered and fertilised by mighty rivers, we get large
-populations speaking the great literary languages of India. In the
-rugged recesses of the mountains we find small communities, divided from
-one another by physical obstacles which have produced rigid local
-patriotisms and enmities, and a wonderful variety of savage speeches.
-The linguist has usually worked independently of the ethnologist, and
-has come to his own unprejudiced conclusions. It is interesting to find
-how closely the results of their separate enquiries agree.
-
-
-_Postscript._
-
-Sir H. H. Risley's theory as to the Scythian origin of the Marāthas has
-not passed unquestioned, and those who wish to see a brief and clear
-account of the latest theories on the subject should read Mr Crooke's
-paper on "Rājputs and Marāthas" in Vol. XL. (January—June, 1910) of the
-_Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute_. Mr Crooke, who gives
-copious references to the latest literature on the subject, holds that
-"the theory that a Hun or Scythian element is to be traced in the
-population of the Deccan is inconsistent with the facts of tribal
-history, so far as they can now be ascertained." Mr Crooke thinks that
-the anthropometrical facts can be explained otherwise than by Saka
-invasion and an infusion of Scythian blood. "The presence of a
-brachycephalic strain," he says, "in Southern and Western India need not
-necessarily imply a Mongoloid invasion from Central Asia. The western
-coast was always open to the entry of foreign races. Intercourse with
-the Persian Gulf existed from a very early period, and Mongoloid Akkads
-or the short-headed races from Baluchistan may have made their way along
-the coast or by sea into Southern and Western India. But it is more
-probable that this strain reached India in prehistoric times, and that
-the present population is the result of the secular intermingling of
-various race types, rather than of events within the historical period."
-Mr Crooke's view is supported by the recently issued Census Report of
-the Bombay Presidency, which says, "the term Marātha is derived by some
-from two Sanskrit words, _mahā_, 'great,' and _rathi_, 'a warrior.'"
-According to Sir Rāmkrishna Gopāl Bhandārkar it is derived from Rattas,
-a tribe which held political supremacy in the Deccan from the remotest
-time. "The Rattas called themselves Mahā Rattas or Great Rattas, and
-thus the country in which they lived came to be called Mahārāttha, the
-Sanskrit of which is Mahā-rāshtra."
-
-Indigenous names are frequently Sanskritised, much as we turn French
-_chaussée_ into "causeway." Sometimes the change is so complete that the
-original cannot be identified. In some cases the alteration is easily
-recognised. In Northern Bengal, for instance, is the river _Ti-stā_, a
-name which belongs to a large group of Tibeto-Burman river names
-beginning with _Ti-_, or _Di-_, such as _Ti-pai_, _Di-bru_, _Di-kho_,
-_Di-sāng_, etc., etc. Hindus say the name _Ti-stā_ is either a
-corruption of Sanskrit _Tri-srotas_, "having three streams," or of
-Tṛṣṇā, "thirst." Etymology and legend, in fact, give but doubtful
-guidance to the ethnologist, and the best hope of acquiring some real
-knowledge of Rājput and Marātha origins lies in the possible discovery
-of coins and inscriptions in the absence of direct historical records.
-
-[1] The actual date is very uncertain. Dr Burnell thinks the book was
-composed so late as A.D. 500, but it was probably much older.
-
-[2] "Moon-physicians," an allusion to the crescent-shaped brass basin of
-the barber, such as the helmet of Don Quixote, familiar to us all.
-
-[3] But see the postscript to this chapter.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER II
-
-THE LANGUAGES OF INDIA
-
-
-It is quite possible to live many years in one province or another of
-India without obtaining more than the vaguest conception of the
-linguistic riches of the country. It was Sir G. A. Grierson who rendered
-it impossible for any but the most careless to ignore the fact that
-India has not only more languages than Europe, but many more kinds and
-families of speech. Most Europeans in India live in the populous areas
-where ethnical and geographical conditions are favourable to the
-evolution and spread of one of the great literary languages. In Madras,
-the European comes into contact with one or other of the cultivated
-Dravidian tongues. In Bombay, he learns that Marāthi and Gujarāti have
-ancient and interesting literatures. In Calcutta, he is surrounded by
-millions of Bengalis, who in modern times have as many varieties of
-literary expression as the most advanced of European races. In Rangoon,
-he hears the most highly organised of Tibeto-Burman speeches. In
-Allahabad, Benares, Lahore, Patna, he acquires some smattering of the
-beautiful and expressive languages which are closest to the model of the
-original Indo-Aryan idiom. These are the exact counter parts of the
-great literary languages of Europe, of English, French, German, Italian,
-etc. But while the European mountains contain one or two shy survivals
-at most of primitive ways of talking, India has many languages of the
-type of Basque. In the little frontier province of Assam alone, dozens
-of grammars and vocabularies have been printed, and much more remains to
-be done. Happily, an appetite for more information has been aroused by
-the feast spread before linguists in Sir G. A. Grierson's great
-_Survey_. He himself is at work on a book which will tell us all that is
-at present known about the many languages of India, and their relations
-with one another. But in addition to his own labours, Sir George
-Grierson has been an apostle of linguistic research and has gathered
-round him many disciples, not all of whom recognise whence came the
-impulse that has set them to an examination of the history and growth of
-Indian languages. Most promising sign of all, native scholars no longer
-disdain the living tongues of India, nor confine their studies to the
-classics of Sanskrit, Arabic, and Persian. In Bengal alone, the
-Proceedings of the _Vangiya Sāhitya Parisat_, a society for the pursuit
-of linguistic and ethnological research, now form a goodly library of
-books, and the poet, Rabindranath Tagore, whose own English version of
-his charming _Gitanjali_ is in the hands of all who love poetry or are
-interested in Indian matters, is also a very keen and competent student
-of his native language on lines suggested by the enquiries of European
-scholars. Much has been learnt, but linguistic research in India has
-still many interesting secrets for the zeal of European students to
-reveal. In Scandinavia, Germany, France, a new sense of the value of
-such studies has been aroused. All that can be attempted in the
-following pages is to show, very summarily and briefly, what is known at
-present.
-
-We have already seen that there are seven more or less recognisable
-types of Indian humanity. To these roughly correspond five great
-families of living vernaculars. The Turko-Iranian, the Indo-Aryan, the
-Scytho-Dravidian, the Aryo-Dravidian, and the Mongolo-Dravidian races
-have for the most part acquired Aryan languages which, in their
-relations to Sanskrit and Persian, may be compared with the Romance
-languages of Europe in their relations to literary Greek and Latin. The
-Dravidian races speak one or other of the great Dravidian dialects, or
-some idiom of the Mundā languages of Chota Nagpore. Among the Mongoloid
-races of the extreme north and east of India, we find the Mon-Khmer and
-the Tibeto-Chinese families of speech. Of these, the Dravidian family
-seems to be confined to India—to the high tablelands of Southern India,
-with one outlying settlement among the Brāhuis of Baluchistan. This
-Dravidian speech would seem to be the original and indigenous language
-of India. The Mundā languages of Chota Nagpore, again, are plainly very
-ancient Indian tongues and are, in all probability, as aboriginal as the
-true Dravidian speech. But Mundā tongues have elements in common with
-the Mon-Khmer languages of Further India, Malacca, and Australonesia.
-The present explanation of this fact is provided by the supposition
-that, in prehistoric times, these distant regions shared a common
-language with great part of Northern India. But, for all practical
-purposes, the relations of the Mundā languages with the Far East are
-still so vaguely defined, that they may be provisionally regarded as
-being as indigenous as their neighbours, the Dravidian languages. The
-connection of the Mon-Khmer languages with Further India and the Pacific
-have formed the subject of the now famous researches of Pater Schmidt of
-Vienna and other German investigators. The Indo-Chinese family of
-languages is obviously connected with the many dialects of Southern
-China. An Indian journalist once told me that he thought that the
-tumbled mountain ranges which separate India from China and form, for
-the time, a semi-savage "no man's land" of primitive social customs and
-administration, are the most interesting area on earth. It is an Asiatic
-and a huger Albania, of whose ethnological and linguistic condition much
-has yet to be learned. Those who heard Mr Archibald Rose's lectures in
-London and Cambridge on his travels in these regions will easily realise
-how much room there is here for anthropological and linguistic research
-among the rough but attractive races of this quarter.
-
-Lastly, in the great alluvial plain which separates the Himalayas from
-the tableland of the south, and along the western coast, are the peoples
-who use one or other of the great Aryan vernaculars, languages of much
-the same type as the modern languages of Europe, sharing much of their
-vocabulary, and ultimately derived from similar if still obscure
-origins. It is of all these languages, and of some of their innumerable
-dialects (not all of them even now known by name), that some account
-must be given in this chapter.
-
- * * * * *
-
-The history of the languages of India has reflected the long struggle
-for pre-eminence between the indigenous Dravidian culture of the south
-and the Aryan civilisation of the north. The Mundā languages are those
-of an isolated group of highlanders, who, till quite recent times,
-hardly came into contact with or were influenced by the speech or
-thought of other races. The Mon-Khmer-speaking people of the Khasi Hills
-were similarly wholly isolated, and were long supposed to be absolutely
-aboriginal and separate from other races of men, till quite recent
-investigations discovered their linguistic affinities with the Mons of
-Southern Burma and races in French Indo-China. The Tibeto-Burman
-languages of the north-eastern frontier are the simple and primitive
-speech of semi-savage men. For such languages, contact with the Aryan
-languages means rapid decay and dissolution.
-
-Hindu civilisation and Hindu religion find easy converts in the rude and
-simple Mongoloid people of the north-east, and acceptance of Hindu
-manners and customs almost always results in a rapid change of language.
-So again, the Iranian languages represent the final stage in the advance
-of Islam and its languages as a conquering religion. The Iranian tongues
-of the north-western frontier are only Indian in the fact that they
-happen to fall within the administrative border of British India. If we
-omit all consideration of these races and languages for the present, we
-shall be free to consider the long struggle between the Aryan and the
-Dravidian. The Aryan religion, the religion of the Hindus, has spread
-all over India, and as the Dravidian temples of the south are among the
-glories of Hindu religious architecture, so the Hinduism of the south is
-now, in many ways, the most typical and interesting form of the
-religion. The spread of the Aryan blood has been far less wide in
-extent, as the previous chapter sufficiently shows. The Aryan languages
-have spread all over the north of India, up to an irregular line running
-obliquely across the peninsula from near Vizagapatam on the east coast
-to near Goa on the west coast. Into the Aryan area projects the rocky
-plateau of Chota Nagpore, where the Mundā dialects still survive, and
-there are a few other outlying areas where Dravidian tribes still use
-the original language of India. With these exceptions, Northern India,
-from Bombay to Calcutta now speaks Aryan languages.
-
-[Illustration: _Plate V_
-
- Seoris or Savaras
- (_Mirzapur district_)]
-
-Let me then begin by giving a brief account of the two ancient and
-indigenous families of language in India, the Dravidian and Mundā
-families. Sir G. Grierson's _Survey_ has definitely established the fact
-that, in spite of the close physical resemblance between the Dravidian
-races properly so called and the inhabitants of Chota Nagpore, there is
-no linguistic affinity between them. In Sir George Grierson's own words
-"they differ in their pronunciation, in their modes of indicating
-gender, in their declensions of nouns, in their method of indicating the
-relationship of a verb to its objects, in their numeral systems, in
-their principles of conjugation, in their methods of indicating the
-negative, and in their vocabularies. The few points in which they agree
-are points which are common to many languages scattered all over the
-world."
-
-
-_The Dravidian Languages._
-
-These are, as aforesaid, the languages of Southern India. Two of them
-survive further to the north in Chota Nagpore and the Sonthal Parganas,
-where they exist side by side with Mundā dialects. One curiously
-isolated Dravidian language is Brāhui, an extraordinary survival, far to
-the north-west, in the midst of the Iranian and Muhammadan languages of
-Baluchistan. The Sanskrit writers knew of two great southern languages
-which they named the Andhra-bhāshā and the Drāvida-bhāshā. The first
-corresponded to what is now Telugu and its cognates, the latter to the
-rest of the southern languages. Sir George Grierson classifies the
-Dravidian family thus:
-
- Number of speakers
- (1901)
-
-A. Drāvida group:
-
- Tamil 16,525,500
- Malayalam 6,029,304
- Kanarese 10,365,047
- Kodagu 39,191
- Tulu 535,210
- Toda 805
- Kota 1300
- Kurukh 592,351
- Malto 60,777
-
-B. Intermediate languages:
-
- Gond, etc. 1,123,974
-
-C. Andhra group:
-
- Telugu 20,696,872
- Kandh 494,099
- Kola-i 1505
-
-D. Brāhui 48,589
-
- 56,514,524
-
-Sir G. Grierson borrows the following general account of the main
-characteristics of the Dravidian forms of speech, with slight verbal
-alterations, from the _Manual of the Administration of the Madras
-Presidency_:
-
-"In the Dravidian languages all nouns denoting inanimate substances and
-irrational beings are of the neuter gender. The distinction of male and
-female appears only in the pronoun of the third person, in adjectives
-formed by suffixing the pronominal terminations, and in the third person
-of the verb. In all other cases, the distinction of gender is marked by
-separate words signifying 'male' and 'female.' Dravidian nouns are
-inflected, not by means of case terminations, but by means of suffixed
-postpositions and separable particles. Dravidian neuter nouns are rarely
-pluralized; Dravidian languages use postpositions instead of
-prepositions. Dravidian adjectives are incapable of declension.
-It is characteristic of these languages, in contradistinction to
-Indo-European, that, wherever practicable, they use as adjectives the
-relative participles of verbs, in preference to nouns of quality or
-adjectives properly so called. A peculiarity of the Dravidian (and also
-of the Mundā) dialects is the existence of two pronouns of the first
-person plural, one inclusive of the person addressed, the other
-exclusive. The Dravidian languages have no passive voice, this being
-expressed by verbs signifying 'to suffer' etc. The Dravidian languages,
-unlike the Indo-European, prefer the use of continuative participles to
-conjunctions. The Dravidian verbal system possesses a negative as well
-as an affirmative voice. It is a marked peculiarity of the Dravidian
-languages that they make use of relative participial nouns instead of
-phrases introduced by relative pronouns. These participles are formed
-from the various participles of the verb by the addition of a formative
-suffix. Thus 'the person who came' is in Tamil literally 'the who-came'."
-
-It is worth while, for once, to quote this somewhat technical
-description because it shows that though the Aryan languages have driven
-the Dravidian languages out of Northern India, the latter may have
-affected the Aryan speech in the transition which, in common with the
-corresponding speeches of Europe, it has undergone from inflected to
-analytic ways of talking.
-
-_Tamil._ Tamil, or Arava, is spoken all over the south of India and the
-northern part of Ceylon. It extends as far as Mysore on the west coast
-and Madras on the east coast. It has been carried all over Further India
-by emigrant coolies. As might be expected from its geographical
-position, it is the oldest, richest, and most highly organised of
-Dravidian languages. It has an extensive literature written in a
-literary dialect called "Shen" or "perfect" as compared with the
-colloquial "Kodum" or "rude" speech of ordinary men. The words "Tamil"
-and "Drāvida" are both corruptions of an original "Drānida." Tamil has
-an alphabet of its own.
-
-_Malayalam._ Malayalam is a branch of Tamil which came into existence in
-the ninth century A.D. It is the language of the Malabar coast, and has
-one dialect, Yerava, spoken in Coorg. This language has borrowed its
-vocabulary freely from Sanskrit. It differs from the mother tongue in
-having dropped the personal terminations of verbs. Its alphabet is the
-Grantha character, much used in Southern India for writing Sanskrit.
-
-_Kanarese._ Kanarese is the language of the Kingdom of Mysore and the
-adjoining British territory. It has an ancient literature written in a
-character resembling that of Telugu. Its dialects of Badaga and Kurumba
-are spoken in the Nīlgiri hills. Kodagu, the language of Coorg, is said
-by some to be a dialect of Kanarese, and is the link between it and
-Tulu, the language of part of South Kanara in Madras. Toda and Kota will
-always have an interest for anthropologists in connection with Dr
-Rivers' now classical investigation into the social life of the Todas.
-
-_Gond._ The Gond language is spoken outside the true Dravidian area, in
-the hill country of Central India. It is intermediate between the
-Drāvida and Andhra languages, and like most hill languages has many
-dialects. It is unwritten and has no literature.
-
-_Telugu._ Telugu is the only important Andhra language now surviving. It
-is the language of the eastern coast from Madras to near the southern
-border of Orissa. It has an extensive literature written in a character
-of its own, adapted from the Aryan Devanāgari. This character, like the
-writing of Orissa, is easily recognised by its loops and curves, said to
-be due to the difficulty of writing straight lines with a stylus on a
-palm leaf without splitting the leaf.
-
-Finally there remains the isolated and distant Brāhui language in
-Baluchistan. Its separate existence has led to a very pretty quarrel
-between linguists and ethnologists. Dr Haddon in his work on the
-_Wanderings of Peoples_, in this series, says that "the Dravidians may
-have been always in India: the significance of the Brāhui of
-Baluchistan, a small tribe speaking a Dravidian language, is not
-understood, probably it is merely a case of cultural drift." Sir George
-Grierson says "if they (the Dravidians) came from the north-west, we
-must look upon the Brāhuis as the rear-guard; but if from the south,
-they must be considered as the advance guard of the Dravidian
-immigration. Under any circumstances it is possible that the Brāhuis
-alone retain the true Dravidian ethnic type, which has been lost in
-India proper by admixture with other aboriginal nationalities such as
-the Mundās." My own diffident suggestion is that the Brāhuis may be a
-Dravidian race as a survival of emigration when Northern India was also
-Dravidian, as the French are a "Latin" race.
-
-Of the Mundā languages I need not speak at any length, interesting as
-they are to students of spoken speech. They are spoken by over three
-millions of people, and, besides numerous dialects of each, are six in
-number. They have been carefully studied by missionaries and others, and
-many of them are now recorded in the Roman character.
-
-I must apologise for a somewhat dull and detailed account of the
-Dravidian languages. It seemed necessary to explain what manner of
-languages they were that fought an unequal and not always losing fight
-with the great Aryan languages of the north. The account of the struggle
-between the two, on the other hand, has an enduring interest. Dravidian
-and Aryan languages now face one another much as do French and Breton in
-Brittany, English and Gaelic in the Highlands, Flemish and French in
-Belgium. But in the Indian plains the contest was waged on a much vaster
-scale, and some of the incidents of the long struggle can still be
-recovered. One point should be carefully borne in mind. In Northern
-India the Aryan languages and the Hindu religion are openly and
-completely victorious. The peculiar philosophic and religious ideas of
-Hinduism find apt and copious expression in the Aryan vocabulary of the
-north. But Dravidian India, too, in accepting Hinduism, perforce
-accepted with it much of the Aryan vocabulary. It is Dravidian still, as
-England is still mainly Germanic. But without Aryan words it could
-hardly give expression to Hindu speculations and aspirations. As our own
-language, as these words I write, have a strong intermixture of Latin
-phrase and idiom, so the Aryan influence has in a greater or less degree
-penetrated to Ceylon itself, once held by Aryan poets to be the home of
-demoniac and barbarian races. There are Dravidian traces in the north,
-survivals of old days of Dravidian supremacy. In the south, a veneer of
-Aryan culture has been added to the ancient Dravidian civilisation. This
-was strong to resist a change of idiom: it clung sturdily to most of its
-vocabulary; but there has been an infusion of Aryan words, needed for
-ritual and, in some cases, for administrative purposes. The use of the
-word "administrative" reminds me to say, before passing on, that nowhere
-in India is English so freely used as in the Dravidian south. Originally
-Englishmen seem to have found Dravidian languages too difficult a means
-of communication. But Dravidians themselves soon discovered that English
-was a convenient _lingua franca_. All India is now making the same
-discovery, and English is binding the educated classes into a new
-pan-Indian race.
-
-
-_The Aryan Languages._
-
-We now return to the fascinating story of the spread of the Indo-Aryan
-languages over the north and west of the peninsula. In the tale,
-captured from the patient study of words and idioms, and finding only
-occasional support from legend, and practically none from history, since
-history had not yet begun to exist, we get a singularly moving and
-interesting picture of the social existence of vanished tribes of men.
-We partly know and partly conjecture that there was once a race of men
-whom we may conveniently call Indo-Europeans who spoke the parent-speech
-of the modern languages of Europe, Armenia, Persia, and northern India.
-Probably the Panjāb in very early times was occupied by several
-immigrations of Indo-European folk, for in the earliest days of which we
-have any knowledge, the land of the Five Rivers is already the home of
-many Indo-Aryan tribes, who live at enmity with one another, and have a
-fraternal habit of speaking of one another as unintelligible barbarians.
-
-In the Sanskrit geography of somewhat later times, India is divided into
-the sacred Madhya-deça, the "Midland," and the rest. Already this
-Midland country, the home of the latest immigrants, is considered to be
-the true habitat of civilised Aryans, all the rest of the peninsula
-being more or less barbarous. It is important that the reader should
-understand exactly where this Midland lay. On the north it ended below
-the foot-slopes of the Himalayas. On the south, it was bordered by the
-Vindhyā hills, the southern boundary of the Gangetic plain. On the west
-it extended to Sirhind on the eastern limits of what is now the Panjāb.
-On the east its limit was the confluence of the Ganges and Jumna. Its
-inhabitants, of mixed Aryan and Dravidian origin, had spread eastwards
-from the upper part of the _do-āb_, the watershed between the two
-rivers. Their language gradually became the current speech of the
-Midland. It was cultivated as a literary tongue from early times and
-came to be known as Sanskrit, the "purified" language. Purified and
-systematised it was by the labours of grammarians and phoneticians, the
-most famous of whom is Pānini, who lived and wrote about 300 B.C.
-
-To the phonetic acumen of these early grammarians the existing alphabets
-of northern India, singularly different in arrangement from the confused
-order of European and Semitic letters, bear testimony. In the Indian
-alphabets the letters are arranged in order, according to the vocal
-organs chiefly used in their pronunciation, as Gutturals, Palatals,
-Cerebrals, Dentals, and Labials. All the phonetic changes which occur in
-the formation of the numerous compound words are carefully reduced to
-rule, and the spelling professes to be (what perhaps no spelling ever
-has been or can be) phonetic.
-
-[Illustration: _Plate VI_
-
- A Bhuiyār
- (_Mirzapur district_)]
-
-It is a moot point whether Sanskrit was in Pānini's time a spoken
-vernacular. It is more probable that it was, what it still remains in
-most parts of Hindu India, a second and literary language, used much as
-Latin was used in medieval Europe. The spoken form of the archaic
-language found in the older Vedas developed into Prākrit, which existed
-side by side with Sanskrit as the spoken dialects of Italy existed side
-by side with literary Latin. As the Italian dialects developed into the
-modern languages of Europe, so the Prākrits gave birth to the Aryan
-modern languages of India. Thus the latter were not in any accurate
-sense derived from Sanskrit, but only shared a common origin with it[4].
-It remained, however, as a standard of literary perfection and was
-destined to play an important part in the enrichment of many of the
-modern languages of India, when contact with western culture brought
-about what may fairly be called a literary renaissance. This was
-particularly the case with Bengali. Its medieval literature was all but
-confined to rhymed hymns and tales. English education led to a revival
-of Sanskrit studies. From England Bengal learnt that it was possible to
-write prose in many varied forms, in novels, essays, histories,
-journalism, and so forth. The medieval literary language, derived from
-the Prākrit, had grown insufficient for the expression of anything but
-the simplest devotional or amatory emotion, and Bengali borrowed freely
-from the rich treasury of Sanskrit.
-
-In the "Midland," then, were various forms of Prākrit, side by side with
-the sacred and literary Sanskrit. Round the Midland, on the west, south,
-and east lay territories inhabited by other Indo-Aryan tribes. This
-country included what is now the Panjāb, Sind, Gujarāt, Rājputānā and
-the country to its east, Oudh and Bihār. The tribes inhabiting this
-semicircular tract had each of them its own dialect. But it is important
-to note that the dialects of this "Outer Band" were much more closely
-related to one another than to the spoken language of the "Midland." It
-was this circumstance which suggested Dr Hoernle's ingenious theory,
-already mentioned, of the second and separate invasion of Aryans into
-the Midland over the mountainous passes of Gilgit, too high, arduous,
-and difficult to be traversed by the families and herds of the nomad
-newcomers.
-
-In course of time the population of the Midland grew in numbers and
-valour and pressed closely on the food supplies of the tract. It was
-already the centre of a vigorous and widely influential civilisation. It
-contained the imperial cities of Delhi and Kanauj, and the sacred city
-of Mathura (Μόδουρα ἡ τῶν θεῶν, as Ptolemy calls it). This crowded,
-vigorous, and martial population was bound to expand. It spread
-into the eastern Panjāb, Rājputānā, Gujarāt and Oudh, carrying with it
-its language. Hence, as Sir George Grierson points out, we get in this
-"Outer Band" mixed languages, of the Midland type near the "Midland"
-centre, but fading into local dialects as we go further west, south, and
-east. Finally as the Midlanders crowded into the territories of the
-Outer Band, the inhabitants of these took refuge among the Dravidians of
-the south and east, and so gave birth to dialects which ultimately
-became Marāthi in the south and Oriyā, Bengali and Assamese on the east,
-all of them characteristic languages of the "Outer Band."
-
-I am borrowing so freely and unscrupulously from Sir George Grierson
-that it is a relief to pause for a moment to interpose a very diffident
-suggestion of my own. Vocabulary, and even idiom, have become a dubious
-guide to the constituent elements of the "Outer Band" languages which
-have almost entirely destroyed the original vocabularies of the
-Dravidian or Mongolo-Dravidian races who use them. But it is just
-possible that accentuation, rhythm, metre may furnish some clue to these
-vanished dialects, which may have bequeathed a characteristic tone of
-voice to their Aryan successors. Bengali, for instance, has a very
-peculiar initial phrasal accent which strongly distinguishes it from the
-etymologically cognate speech of Bihār, much as the characteristic
-_accent tonique_ of French distinguishes it from Italian and Spanish.
-Native scholars in Bengal are, I am glad to say, beginning to work at
-the Dravidian elements in their expressive and copious language, and
-will, I hope, soon investigate the Mongolian elements, whether of idiom
-or pronunciation, in the Bengali of the north-eastern part of the
-province.
-
-To return to Sir George Grierson, he holds that the present linguistic
-condition of northern India is this:—there is, firstly, a Midland
-Indo-Aryan language which holds the Gangetic Doāb. Round it on three
-sides is a band of Mixed languages, in the eastern Panjāb, Gujarāt,
-Rājputānā and Oudh. With these Sir George includes the Indo-Aryan
-languages of the Himalayan slopes north of the Midland, which have been
-introduced in comparatively recent times by immigrants from Rājputānā.
-
-_The Prākrits._ Before I leave the Aryan languages of India, I must give
-a brief summary of what Sir George Grierson says of the Prākrits, the
-spoken speeches which have always, implicitly or explicitly, been
-distinguished from the artificial and literary Sanskrit. The Primary
-Prākrits of the Midland and Outer Band (of which latter no record
-survives) were of the same type as the Latin known to us in literature.
-They were synthetic and inflected languages. These gradually decayed (or
-developed) into what Sir G. Grierson calls the Secondary Prākrits. These
-are still synthetic, but diphthongs and harsh combinations of consonants
-are avoided, "till in the latest developments we find a condition of
-almost absolute fluidity, each language becoming an emasculated
-collection of vowels hanging for support on an occasional consonant."
-These Secondary Prākrits lasted from the days of the Buddha (550 B.C.)
-to about 1000 A.D.
-
-One at least of these Secondary Prākrits, Pāli, has obtained world-wide
-fame as the language of the Buddhist scriptures. Thus crystallised, it
-underwent the same fate as Sanskrit and became more or less what we call
-in Europe a "dead" language. In the Midland was a great and famous
-Prākrit called Sauraseni, after the Sanskrit name, Surasena, of the
-country round Mathura. In Bihār was Māgadhī; in Oudh and Baghelkhand was
-Ardha-māgadhī or "half Māgadhī"; south of these was Mahārāshtri, which
-is best known to students of the ancient Indian drama as the vehicle of
-the lyrics with which the plays are studded. Kings, sages, heroes and
-other noble characters speak Sanskrit. Inferior personages use Sauraseni.
-
-The Secondary Prākrits themselves degenerated into what Indian
-grammarians call Apabhramsas, "corrupt" or "decayed" tongues, which were
-used for literary purposes and finally became the parents of the great
-Aryan languages of the present time.
-
-For comparison with the preceding table of the Dravidian languages, I
-give below the census table of the Aryan languages as recorded in 1901:—
-
- Number of
- speakers
-
-A. Language of the Midland:
-
- Western Hindi 40,714,925
-
-B. Intermediate languages.
-
- _a._ More nearly related to the Midland language:
- Rājasthānī 10,917,712
- The Pahārī (or 'mountain')
- languages of the Himalaya 3,124,981
- Gujarāti 9,439,925
- Panjābi 17,070,961
-
- _b._ More nearly related to the Outer languages:
- Eastern Hindi 22,136,358
-
-C. Outer languages.
-
- _a._ North-western group:
- Kāshmīrī 1,007,957
- Kohistānī 36
- Lahndā 3,337,917
- Sindhī 3,494,971
-
- _b._ Southern language:
- Marāthī 18,237,899
-
- _c._ Eastern group:
- Bihārī 34,579,844
- Oriyā 9,687,429
- Bengali 44,624,048
- Assamese 1,350,846
-
-Of all these modern languages, their idioms, their characters, their
-literature, I do not venture to give even a summarised account. Those
-who have any curiosity to learn more about them cannot do better than
-consult Sir George Grierson's work on _The Languages of India_, until
-it, in its turn, is superseded by the book he is now writing from the
-materials collected in his _Linguistic Survey_. But everyone who has
-read _The Newcomes_ will want to know what Hindustāni is, especially as
-it is one of the languages prescribed for the study of probationers for
-the Indian Civil Service and is taught at the universities of Oxford,
-Cambridge, London, and Dublin. In the strictest sense Hindustāni is the
-dialect of western Hindi spoken between Meerut and Delhi. It was much
-cultivated, as a literary dialect, by both Hindus and Musalmāns. The
-latter wrote, and write it, in the Persian character, and have added a
-large number of Persian and Arabic words. In this Persianised form it is
-known as Urdū, "a name derived from the _Urdū-e mu 'alla_, or royal
-military bazaar outside the imperial palace at Delhi, where it is
-supposed to have had its origin." Under Muhammadan rule Urdū was almost
-as much the _lingua franca_ of India as English has come to be in modern
-times.
-
-Another point is worth noting here. The Aryan languages of northern
-India are, in a very real sense, Hindu languages. Perhaps I shall make
-myself clearer by asserting that the languages of Western Europe are
-Christian languages. For historical reasons, their religious phraseology
-has a Christian connotation and allusiveness. But in the west, the
-distinction between things secular and things religious has become so
-familiar that the Christian element in our speech is not recognisable in
-our ordinary talk. In Hindu India, on the other hand, almost every act
-of a man's life has some religious or superstitious significance, and
-hence all the Aryan languages in the mouths of Hindus are markedly
-different from the shape they assume when spoken by Musalmāns. In the
-case of western Hindi we have the recognised Muhammadan dialect of Urdū,
-but in other languages too there is a Muhammadan dialect or _patois_,
-even if it has no separate name. A curious exception, however, occurs in
-eastern Bengal, where the bulk of the population is Musalmān. In this
-region the Muhammadans are comparatively recent converts from the lower
-aboriginal or Mongoloid castes, whose Muhammadanism sits very lightly on
-their habits and consciences, and so far as my own experience goes,
-there is little difference between the speech of the lower Musalmāns and
-their friends and cousins the Chandāls and other indigenous castes.
-
-
-_The Indo-Chinese Languages._
-
-Finally, I must say a few words about the Indo-Chinese and Mon-Khmer
-languages. I spent most of my official life among people speaking these
-languages, and find, somewhat shamefacedly, that Sir G. A. Grierson
-makes me responsible for sundry vocabularies compiled in my distant
-youth. Naturally, I feel a personal interest in the people of the
-north-eastern border, and am tempted to enlarge on their qualities of
-speech and character. But I have left myself little space, and the
-Mongoloid races of the frontier are hardly Indian in any proper sense of
-the word. Moreover, though their total number is not great, they speak
-many languages. The Census of 1901 recognises 119 such languages. The
-most important of them all is, of course, Burmese, which is spoken by
-about seven and a half millions of people. There are nearly 900,000
-Karens in Burma, and about 750,000 Shans. The Meithei (now Manipuris)
-mentioned above are 272,997 in number. The Boro or Kachari people of the
-Assam valley, a most attractive and delightful race, number somewhat
-less than 250,000. The other languages of this type have mostly a much
-smaller number of speakers than these. But mention should be made of
-250,000 Mons, Palungs and Was in Burma, and 177,827 Khāsis in Assam,
-since these constitute the only members of the Mon-Khmer family still
-found within the limits of British India.
-
-These people, speaking Indo-Chinese languages, surround India proper on
-the north and east in a crescent-shaped curve, mostly in the valleys of
-lofty and rugged mountains. From the eastern mountains projects into the
-midst of the modern province of Assam a range of hills, dividing the
-valley of the Brahmaputra from that of Sylhet, which is watered by the
-Surma. Readers of Sir W. W. Hunter's delightful little book on _The
-Thackerays in India_ will not need to be told where Sylhet is, or what
-sort of a place it is. This range of hills is inhabited by the Garos on
-the west, and the Nagas on the east, both Tibeto-Burman races. Between
-them, on one of the most beautiful plateaus in the world, are the
-Khāsis, once, as I have said elsewhere, regarded as being as isolated
-and unique as our European Basques, but now proved to be, linguistically
-at least, connected with the Mons in Burma, and many races and tribes in
-Further India and Australonesia.
-
-All these Indo-Chinese people seem to have come originally from
-north-western China, following the beds of great rivers in their travel;
-down the Chindwin, the Irrawaddy, and the Salween into Burma, down the
-Brahmaputra into Assam, and up the Brahmaputra into Tibet. There seem to
-have been at least three waves of migration. First, in prehistoric
-times, there was a Mon-Khmer invasion into Further India and Assam.
-Next, also at an unknown date, was a Tibeto-Burman invasion into the
-same regions and Tibet. Next the Tai branch of the Siamese-Chinese
-entered eastern Burma about the sixth century A.D. A fourth
-Tibeto-Burmese invasion, that of the Kachins, when in Lord Dufferin's
-time, the British annexed Upper Burma.
-
-I think I have now said enough to show how the languages of India are
-distributed. It only remains to give a brief and cursory account of the
-Indian Religions. This is a subject on which big books might be, and
-have been, written. But, even in so small a book on the Peoples of India
-it seems necessary to give some account of their religious divisions.
-
-[4] As in Europe, the modern Aryan languages differ from one another
-chiefly in survivals from the indigenous earlier speech which preceded
-each of them.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER III
-
-THE RELIGIONS OF INDIA
-
-
-(1) _Animism._ At the base of all the religions, perhaps at the base of
-all religions all over the world, lies a mass of primitive beliefs, not
-perhaps yet consciously classed by the holders of them as distinctly
-religious, which are called by the question-begging name of Animism. By
-this statement, I mean merely that many of the more ignorant and simple
-folk who profess and call themselves Hindus, Buddhists, Jains,
-Muhammadans, or Christians, are in fact at the animistic stage of
-intellectual evolution. The religious impulse is there, but has not
-become specialised. There is no religious theorising, but merely
-communal and transmitted beliefs about the nature of things in general.
-Perhaps I had better quote Sir H. H. Risley's definition of Hinduism as
-it exists in India. "It conceives of man," he says, "as passing through
-life surrounded by a ghostly company of powers, elements, tendencies,
-mostly impersonal in their character, shapeless phantasms of which no
-image can be made and no definite idea can be formed. Some of these have
-departments or spheres of influence of their own: one presides over
-cholera, another over small pox, another over cattle disease; some dwell
-in rocks, others haunt trees, others, again, are associated with rivers,
-whirlpools, waterfalls, or strange pools hidden in the depths of the
-hills. All of them require to be diligently propitiated by reason of the
-ills which proceed from them, and usually the land of the village
-provides the means for their propitiation."
-
-If this definition, that of a kindly and experienced student of
-primitive thought and emotion, be correct, there is already an attempt
-at analysis and classification. But the analysis is feeble, the
-classification very elementary. The differences which seem obvious to
-the civilised man, who inherits the analytic inventions and
-investigations of long series of ancestors, are not yet realised. There
-is practically no distinction between things animate and inanimate,
-since all may be maleficent and must therefore, on occasion, be
-propitiated. There is no sense of things subter-human, human, and
-superhuman. Still less, of course, is there any recognition of the
-difference between things religious and things secular. Grown men face
-the facts of life as children do, and receive the impressions life
-conveys to them _en masse_, without making much effort to sort them out.
-In our own case, we learn to classify from our elders, and
-classification, literary, scientific, social, religious, is a large part
-of what we call education. How does primitive man begin to sort out the
-facts of life, to remember them in classes, to discriminate between
-human beings and other animals, to place animals above inanimate things,
-himself above animals, and, finally, the gods above himself? The history
-of the evolution of Hinduism throws some light on this evolution as it
-occurred in India.
-
-Meanwhile, it is worth noticing that the Census returns of 1901 returned
-the Animists of India at only about 8½ millions, or less than 3 per
-cent. Those who returned themselves as Hindu or Musalmān were so
-recorded, whatever their degree of mental and social culture. An attempt
-has been made in the Census of 1911 to distinguish between true Hindus
-and Animists who call themselves Hindu. How far the attempt was
-successful, I do not know. I can well believe that it was not welcomed
-even by educated and intelligent Hindus. Many years ago, I remember a
-highly educated Hindu in Bengal telling me that there is no distinction
-between Animists and Hindus; that an Animist is merely a Hindu "in the
-making" as it were. But perhaps that assertion only amounted to an
-admission that the Hindu mind is averse from the kind of intellectual
-evolution by conscious analysis and classification which is dear to
-Western imaginations. Yet the history of Hinduism and its branches shows
-that such an evolution has taken place.
-
-[Illustration: _Plate VII_
-
- A Ghāsiya
- (_Mirzapur district_)]
-
-I should like to suggest that at the stage of human evolution which we
-call animistic, man takes the facts of life in the lump, as it were, and
-does not sort them out into classes. If we are to judge by what we know
-of the history of Hinduism, the evolution of primitive man from this
-unclassifying stage is something as follows. Art comes into play. The
-practice of song and draughtsmanship introduces specialisation. From
-singing comes verse, from drawing comes some kind of rude writing. The
-first trains the memory, the second aids memory. Then comes the social
-classification which results from the breaking up of clans, and contact
-with other clans and communities. All men are not the same, and the
-difference is grasped and finds expression in language. The new power of
-classification is extended to other things. The difference between
-animate and inanimate things is understood, and their relative powers of
-helping or hurting the tribal community. When classification has
-proceeded thus far, the inference is easy that as what is known of the
-faculties of subter-human beings and things to benefit or hurt humans
-does not by any means account for the joys and calamities of life, there
-must be a class of superhuman beings who are to be conciliated. By their
-supposed deeds they are judged. If they are, on the whole, kindly and
-easily placated, they will be classified by some title which they will
-usually share with great and good men. If their action on mankind be
-harmful, they will bear the names given to malicious or inimical races
-or individuals. At a subsequent stage of analytical evolution their
-generic names will be confined to their own class; they will be gods or
-demons. Many Hindus have hardly gone beyond this stage, and we can
-hardly be surprised that some objection should be taken to too rigid a
-distinction between Hindus and Animists. In practice, it is often
-difficult to say whether a given observance is Animistic or Hindu. Here
-is one case, out of thousands that occur in India, from my own
-experience. In the seaport town of Chittagong is the shrine of the
-famous Muhammadan saint Pir Badr, a holy man often invoked by travellers
-on sea or river. In a niche in a little pillar in the open air,
-Christians and Buddhists, Hindus and Musalmāns alike place lighted
-candles by way of propitiation. This, surely, is an observance of the
-Animistic type. It has no part in any theorised or classified religious
-system. It is merely the attempt to gratify an influence which may help
-or harm. Animism is consistent with the most vivid, if childlike,
-curiosity. All is grist that comes to that primitive mill. But the
-resulting flour of thought is, as it were, coarse and unsifted. Artistic
-specialisation, the birth of literature, brings a need of
-classification. Out of propitiation comes ritual, a belief in the
-efficacy of sacramental gestures, offerings, formulæ. But, as time goes
-on, they are appropriated to the service of highly specialised deities.
-As man learns the advantage of a division of labour and a specialisation
-of function, so his gods become "departmental." The classification will
-not be that of modern times. Among animate things will be reckoned fire,
-and air, the sun and moon and the twinkling stars. But the process of
-analysing and sorting will have begun.
-
-(2) _The Vedas._ The Aryan immigrants seem to have brought a scanty and
-summary theology with them, or it may be that in different surroundings
-they forgot their old religious ideas, and, with the help of Dravidian
-and other aboriginal speculations, evolved new ones. Sir G. Grierson has
-suggested that the fact that they migrated in two afterwards hostile
-bodies finds its reflection, in the Vedas, in the fabled antagonism of
-the rival priests Visvāmitra and Vasishta; in the Mahābhāratā in the
-famous war between the Kauravas and Pāndavas, the Eastern counterpart of
-the siege of Troy.
-
-The Vedas are four collections of ritual hymns, used in connection with
-the oblation of the intoxicating juice of the Soma, the moon-plant, or
-with the sacrificial Fire. The Rig-veda (the oldest) and its supplement
-the Sāma-veda are now held to have been composed when the Aryans had
-reached the junction of the Panjāb rivers with the Indus: the Black and
-White Yajur-veda when they reached the Sutlej and the Jumna; the
-Atharva-veda, which contains the lower beliefs of aboriginal races, when
-they had reached Benares. There are gods and goddesses of the sky, the
-most important being the Sun, and Varuna (the Greek οὐρανός), afterwards
-a kind of Hindu Neptune, but in these early days represented as sitting
-in the vault of heaven, and having the sun and stars as the eyes with
-which he watches the doings of men. His function was to encourage
-personal holiness as a human ideal. In the mid-air Indra became
-pre-eminent on Indian soil, where the dependence of an agricultural
-people on periodical rains made the rain-god an important deity. On
-earth the most important deities are Soma and Agni (fire) already
-mentioned. There was also Yama, the beautiful and stately god of death,
-who though naturally immortal chose to die, and lead the way for mortal
-successors to the abodes of the dead. Besides the departmental gods,
-there is in the Vedas a distinct foreshadowing of Pantheism.
-
-(3) _The Brāhmanas._ When the Aryans reached the "Midland," the upper
-Gangetic valley, the Vedic hymns were supplemented by new Scriptures,
-called Brāhmanas, which were digests of dicta on matters of ritual for
-the guidance of priests. These were the beginning of Brāhmanism. The
-elementary Pantheistic theory of the Vedas was developed into a belief
-in one Spiritual Being or Ātman. When manifested and impersonal, this
-Being was the neuter Brahma; when regarded as the Creator, he was the
-masculine Brahmā; but when manifested in the highest order of
-intellectual men, he was Brāhman, the Brāhman priestly class. Following
-the Brāhmanas, was a third order of religious literature, the
-Upanishads. Dr Hopkins has thus summarised the teaching of these three
-Scriptures. "In the Vedic hymns, man fears the gods. In the Brāhmanas
-man subdues the gods, and fears God. In the Upanishads man ignores the
-gods and becomes God." Not that these three kinds of Scripture, these
-three evolutions of religious speculation, followed one another in
-chronological order. But this was, roughly, the logical evolution.
-Finally the doctrine was established that knowledge leads to the supreme
-bliss of absorption into Brahmā, and with this was combined the theory
-of transmigration.
-
-Even from this extremely crude and simplified statement, it will be
-evident that the priesthood had secured for themselves an unexampled
-supremacy, and, in the Midland at least, had placed the administrator
-and warrior in a state of marked inferiority. But in the surrounding
-territories, success in arms and government won men the consideration
-still considered their due among ourselves. In the Midland itself the
-territory was divided among a number of petty chiefs, who waged
-perpetual warfare with one another. They were not likely to ignore the
-prestige won by valour and warlike skill. One of them was Gautama, the
-Buddha (_c._ 596-508 B.C.). Another was Vardhamāna, his contemporary,
-the founder of Jainism. This is not the place to tell of Buddhism,
-which, as a recognised creed, though it has spread far to the north and
-east, and is the religion of Ceylon and Burma, only survives in India
-proper in faint influences on the belief and practice of various Hindu
-sects.
-
-(4) _Jainism._ The Jain Reform still exists and numbers over a million
-of followers. Its doctrines have a vague and general resemblance to
-those of Buddhism, not because either copied the other, but because they
-sprang from a common origin. In both Nirvāna, the "blowing out," as it
-were, of the lamp of life is the goal aimed at. But to the Buddhist,
-Nirvāna means the peace of extinction; to the Jain, it is final escape
-from the body after various metamorphoses. Mr Crooke defines the
-fivefold vow of the Jains as prescribing (1) the sanctity of human life;
-(2) renunciation of lying, which proceeds from anger, greed, fear or
-mirth; (3) refusal to take things not given; (4) chastity; (5)
-renunciation of worldly attachments. The Jain pantheon consists of
-deified saints who are either Tīrthan-kara, "making a passage through
-the circuit of life," or Jina, "the victorious ones."
-
-(5) _Hinduism Proper._ These reforms, joined with the spread of the
-Brāhmanical faith into lands where the authority of Aryan priests was
-not recognised, produced something which, in its way, resembles the
-Protestant Reformation. The Vedic religion had come to be the monopoly
-of a limited order of hereditary priests. This ritual supremacy was
-broken up by two influences. A new national ideal of worship found
-expression in the Epics, which to this day, in metrical translations,
-are the layman's scripture all over India. Secondly, the Vedic pantheon
-was enormously enlarged by the admission of non-Aryan deities and
-aboriginal modes of worship. Hence arose the body of writings known as
-the Purānas, or "ancient" books, not all really old in the trace of
-their composition, but perhaps deserving their title as containing very
-old beliefs. Of all these books and their teaching other authorities
-have written recently in various works on the early history and
-religious poetry of India, and it would therefore be presumptuous for me
-to say anything about the religious literature of Hinduism. It is
-sufficient to say that the Epics introduced, in place of the vague and
-shadowy Vedic gods, heroic incarnations of divine virtue, wisdom and
-valour, and thus led to the sectarian worship of the two active members
-of a new supreme triad of gods, Brahmā, the creator, Vishnu, the
-preserver, and Siva, the destroyer. Most Hindus are now followers of one
-or other of the two latter in some incarnation. In early times this
-sectarian rivalry led to wars and persecutions, but Hinduism is
-singularly tolerant in matters of belief and doctrine. A Saiva is not a
-disbeliever in the divinity of the incarnations of Vishnu; a Vaishnava
-recognises the ascetic powers of Siva. But each has his favourite deity
-and chiefly studies the scriptures relating to him. The principal
-incarnations of Vishnu are Krishna and Rāma, who seem to have been
-originally deified heroes of the Midland. There were many Vishnuvite
-reformers, some of whom, it is interesting to note, may have derived
-suggestions from the early Christianity of Southern India.
-
-The first of these was Rāmānuja, who lived in the eleventh century A.D.
-Fifth in succession to him was Rāmānanda, who lived in the fourteenth
-century and was the missionary of popular Vaishnavism in Northern India.
-To him that tract owes the prevalence of the cult of Rāma and his wife
-Sītā, the hero and heroine of the Epic known as the Rāmāyana. His chief
-innovation was the admission of low-caste disciples into the communion.
-His disciple, the famous Kabir (1380-1420 A.D.), went further. He even
-linked Hinduism with Islam. Himself a humble weaver, he taught the
-spiritual equality of all men. God is one, he argued, by whatever name
-men choose to call Him. The accidents of life, social station and caste,
-happiness and grief, prosperity and misfortune, are all the results of
-Māya or Illusion. Happiness comes not by formula or sacrifice but by
-passionate adoration (_bhakti_) of God. Kabir's chief importance in the
-history of Hindu evolution is in the fact that his doctrines were the
-origin of Sikhism.
-
-Another great name in the democratic Vaishnava reformation was that of
-Chaitanya (1485-1527 A.D.). Mr E. A. Gait writes of him that he was "a
-Baidik Brāhman. He preached mainly in Central Bengal and Orissa, and his
-doctrine found ready acceptance among large numbers of the people,
-especially among those who were still, or had only recently ceased to
-be, Buddhists. This was mainly due to the fact that he drew his
-followers from all sources, so much so that even Muhammadans followed
-him. He preached vehemently against the immolation of animals in
-sacrifice, and the use of animal food and stimulants, and taught that
-the true road to salvation lay in bhakti, or fervent devotion to God. He
-recommended Rādhā worship, and taught that the love felt by her for
-Krishna was the highest form of devotion. The acceptable offerings were
-flowers, money, and the like; but the great form of worship was the
-Sankirtan, or procession of worshippers playing and singing. The
-peculiarity of Chaitanya's cult is that the post of spiritual guide, or
-Goshain, is not confined to Brāhmans, and several of those best known
-belong to the Baidya caste[5]."
-
-_The Sikhs._ As a religious system, the creed of the Sikhs originated
-from the Hindu teaching of Kabir, and may yet be reabsorbed into
-Hinduism, though the Census of 1911 shows that it still flourishes as a
-separate religion. It began as a religious reform and ended by being a
-political organisation. It was founded by the Guru Nānak (1469-1538
-A.D.) in the Panjāb. Its formula was the Unity of God and the
-Brotherhood of Man. Ultimately it became a martial brotherhood, one of
-whose objects was by training, diet, and self-denial to present a strong
-front to the encroachments of Muhammadan invaders from across the
-north-west frontier. Circumstances led the Sikh confederacy to try its
-fortune in arms in two fiercely fought campaigns with the growing power
-of our East India Company. Defeat was followed by a loyal acceptance of
-British supremacy, and the Sikhs rival the Gurkhas as the best soldiers
-in the Indian army. Their services during the mutiny of 1857 will never
-be forgotten.
-
-_The Sāktas._ One other great Hindu sect, that of the Sāktas, must be
-briefly mentioned. It worships the active female principle (_prakriti_)
-of one or other of the forms of the Consort of Siva—Durgā, Kāli, or
-Pārvati. This cult arose in Eastern Bengal or Assam about the fifth
-century, A.D., and has its own scriptures in the Tantras. This sect is
-probably due to the recrudescence of very ancient aboriginal cults. It
-is associated with blood-offerings and libidinous rites. It was
-denounced by the Vaishnava reformers, but still survives, even among
-educated men. It affected the later forms of Buddhism.
-
-Finally, by omitting all mention of numerous modern Vaishnava sects, we
-come to the modern Theistic sects. The Brahmo Samāj of Bengal was
-founded by the celebrated Raja Ram Mohan Roy (1774-1833) who died and
-was buried at Clifton. His teachings were continued and developed by his
-successors Maharshi Devendranāth Tagore (the father of the poet
-Rabindranāth Tagore), Keshav Chandra Sen, and Pratāp Chandra Majumdār.
-All of these were men of much piety, eloquence, and learning. Sir Alfred
-Lyall says that "Brahmoism, as propagated by its latest expounders,
-seems to be unitarianism of a European type, and as far as one can
-understand its argument, appears to have no logical stability or _locus
-standi_ between revelation and pure rationalism; it propounds either too
-much or too little to its hearers." It has, however, been an effectual
-bar to the spread of Christianity among the educated classes in Bengal.
-It enables them to remain in touch with Hinduism, from which an adoption
-of any European creed would effectually divide them. Its services of
-praise and prayer, with a sermon or discourse, are held on Sundays, and
-in form resemble those of the Christian free churches. Its creed
-consists in a belief in the Unity of God, the brotherhood of man, and
-direct communion with God without the intervention of any mediator. It
-may fairly be claimed for it that it has satisfied the religious needs
-of men most of whom lead exemplary and in some cases saintly lives,
-without compelling them to join what is regarded as a foreign and
-uncongenial religion. But for Ram Mohan Roy, educated Bengal might well
-have furnished the nucleus of a Christian Church of India, since, before
-his time, many distinguished and able converts were made. I need only
-mention the late Rev. K. M. Bannerjee. The Brahmo Samāj is divided into
-three sections. The Ādi Samāj, as its name indicates, is the original
-church. It is the most conservative of the three, and takes its
-inspiration wholly from the Hindu scriptures, and especially from the
-Upanishads. The Navavidhān Samāj, founded by Keshav Chandra Sen, "the
-Church of the New Dispensation," is much more eclectic and has borrowed
-what it considers acceptable, not only from the holy books of Hinduism,
-but from Christianity, Buddhism, and Islam. The Sādhāran (or "general")
-Brāhmo Samāj is the most advanced of the three Churches. It rejects
-caste and the seclusion of women, allows inter-caste marriages, and is
-seemingly as far from orthodox Hinduism as from orthodox Christianity.
-It has even allowed one of its lady members to be married to an
-Englishman by Brāhmo rites. If it can hardly be called Hindu in ritual
-or in belief, it is Hindu in what is probably regarded as the more
-important sense of being a purely Indian sect and not a direct product
-of European missionary zeal.
-
-Another new sect, the Ārya Samāj, or Aryan Society, has much influence
-in the Panjāb and North-Western India generally. It was founded by
-Dayānand Saraswati (1827-53). Its only scriptures are the Vedas. It
-professes pure monotheism, repudiates idol worship, and is much
-interested in social reform. It has also at times been mixed up, more or
-less directly, with political agitation. Like the Brāhmo Samāj, it is
-probably due in its inception to the influence of European religious
-teaching, but, as is perhaps natural, its acceptance of European ethics
-is marked by a sturdy resistance to European dogma.
-
-The great bulk of Hinduism, however, remains still but little removed
-from the Animistic stage of religious evolution, and one of the results
-of the spread of British rule into wild and savage tracts has been the
-extension of the borders of Hinduism in competition with Christianity.
-In the rougher and wilder races, not yet sufficiently softened and
-civilised for the acceptance of the Hindu social system, the Christian
-missionary prevails. He has been most successful among the Gonds of
-Central India, among such savage tribes as the Nāgas, Gāros, and Lushais
-on the Assam border. Elsewhere Hinduism pursues its quietly
-imperturbable course and admits savage races to its lower castes as it
-has always admitted them during the last two thousand years.
-
-_Islam in India._ Since King George V has more Muhammadan subjects than
-any other ruler on earth—some 75,000,000 in number, it would not be
-proper to close a little book on the Peoples of India without saying
-something of those of their number who are Musalmāns. The early
-Muhammadan invasions of the tenth century were mere predatory raids, and
-were attended neither by settlement nor conversion. But at the end of
-the twelfth century Muhammad Ghori overthrew the Hindu dynasties of
-Delhi and Kanauj and thus opened the way to future Muhammadan conquests.
-In the sixteenth century Moghal rule was established under Babar and his
-successors. During the preceding five centuries Hindu India suffered
-much oppression and wrong at the hands of Muhammadan invaders, but Islam
-had made no attempt to become an Indian religion. The early Moghal
-emperors were too busy in consolidating their conquests and organising
-their administration to have much leisure or inclination for
-proselytising. Their policy depended largely on co-operation with Rājput
-princes, whose daughters they married. The influence of Rājput empresses
-and princesses made for kindly tolerance. It was only under the zealot
-Aurangzeb that any tendency to forcible conversion showed itself.
-
-The final result of some seven hundred years of Muhammadan rule in
-various parts of the country is that Musalmāns are in excess of Hindus
-only in the Western Panjāb, which is in contact with a purely Muhammadan
-country, and in Eastern Bengal, where the aboriginal low-caste Hindu was
-glad to get social promotion by accepting Islam, and where he thrives
-and prospers at the expense of his Hindu brother, partly because his
-diet is more nutritious, partly because he does not practise
-infant-marriage and other debilitating customs.
-
-As has been said above, Animism has affected Islam as well as Hinduism.
-From the old religion of the country Musalmāns have borrowed demonology,
-a belief in witchcraft, and the worship of departed Pirs or saints. The
-most remarkable instance of the latter is the sect of the Pachpiriyas of
-Bengal, the worshippers of the Five Saints, a cult which some have
-traced to the cult of the five Pāndava heroes of the Mahābhārata. The
-five Pirs, however, vary in name from district to district. In Eastern
-Bengal, no one, whether Hindu or Musalmān (or, I had almost said,
-Christian), begins a journey by boat without a loud and hearty
-invocation of the Ganges, the Wind, the Five Pirs, and Pir Badr before
-mentioned.
-
-Of the two great sects of Islam, the Sunnis and the Shias, the former
-are by far the most numerous in India. The Sunnis or Traditionalists
-accept the Sunnat or collected body of Arabic usage as possessing
-authority concurrent with that of the Koran, which is the sole scripture
-of the Shias. Yet in Eastern Bengal the annual procession of the Tazias,
-or representations of the tombs of the martyred grandsons of the
-Prophet, is much attended by Sunnis (though for them the practice is
-unorthodox), and indeed by Hindus also. In other parts of India, the
-Mohurram festival has often led to serious encounters between Hindus and
-Musalmāns, and even in Calcutta and Bombay has been the cause of
-dangerous riots.
-
-The sects of Islam in India, unlike the Hindu sects, are not due to the
-instinct for differentiation, for obvious reasons. They are, in Mr
-Crooke's words, either puritanical or pietistic. Consequently, followers
-of them are apt to show a tendency to fanaticism. The Hindu sectarian
-adores some favourite deity, but does not deny the merits, or the
-Hinduism, of other deities or their followers. The Musalmān sectarian is
-one who has discovered a higher orthodoxy than others, or a straighter
-road to religion, and regards those who do not share his views as an
-enemy of God and the true faith. Of the puritanical sects, the best
-known is that of the Wahābis, founded by Ibn Abdul Wahāb at Nejd in
-Arabia, at the beginning of the eighteenth century. It was an attempt to
-revive primitive Muhammadanship without the corruptions and accretions
-of later ages and foreign lands. It was brought into India by Sayid
-Ahmad Shāh, who proclaimed a Jihād, or holy war, against the Sikhs in
-1826. The Wahābis hold that the doctrine of the Unity of God has been
-endangered by the excessive reverence paid to the Prophet, to his
-successors the Imāns, and to shrines. At times Wahābis have given
-trouble to the administration, especially in Bengal. In recent years,
-however, they call themselves Ahl-i-hadīs, or "followers of tradition,"
-and employ themselves chiefly in endeavouring to eradicate modern
-superstitions.
-
-The pietistic sects tend towards Sūfi-ism, a combination of Aryan
-pantheism with Semitic monotheism, which takes the form of ecstatic
-devotion. Something of the same kind may be found in the Vaisnav sects
-of Hinduism, and in both cases ultimate absorption in the divinity is
-the goal aimed at.
-
-Very interesting local communities of Muhammadans are the Moplahs of the
-Malabar coast, descendants of Arab settlers; the Bohras or "traders" of
-Western India; and the Khojās, followers of the "Old Man of the
-Mountain," whose present representative is H.H. the Agha Khān of Bombay,
-who has many friends in England.
-
-_The Pārsīs._ The word Pārsī simply means Persian, and the Pārsī
-religion is the dualistic faith, combined with fire-worship, of the
-ancient Persians. It is also called Mazdaism from Ahura Mazda (Ormuzd),
-who is in perpetual conflict with Angro Mainyush (Ahriman), the spirit
-of evil. It is also called Zoroastrianism, from the reformer Zoroaster,
-the Greek form of the old Iranian Zarathushtra, the modern Persian
-Zardusht. The religious phraseology of the Pārsīs shows that their faith
-must have had a common origin with the Aryan religion of India before
-the Iranian and Indo-Aryan migrations parted company. By a curious trick
-of language, the Devas, who in India and Europe are beneficent gods, in
-Persia become evil spirits. In India by a corresponding inversion, the
-word Asura, which in the Rig-veda is still a name of gods, was applied
-to hostile (generally aboriginal) demons. By a further process Asura was
-regarded as a negative word, and gave birth to a tribe of beneficent
-Suras. In the earlier times, there were both Ahura and Daeva
-worshippers, the former being socially superior, cattle-breeders, who,
-like the Indian Hindus, venerated the cow. It was Zoroaster's mission to
-fuse these two cults into a dualistic creed, whose main principle was
-the continuous struggle between the powers of good and evil. Submerged
-for a time during the Greek occupation, the Mazdaist faith revived under
-the Sassanids, but was finally overthrown by the advent of Islam, which
-persecuted and strove to extirpate the worship of fire.
-
-Many of the survivors migrated to India, where they secured the
-tolerance of Hindu and Muhammadan rulers alike, and increased and
-multiplied. Up to the middle of the eighteenth century, Surat, Nausāri,
-and the neighbouring parts of Gujarāt were their home. When, under
-British rule, Bombay became a great commercial port, large numbers of
-Pārsīs migrated thither, and in many cases won great wealth and
-influence.
-
-In the early days of their dispersion, the weak colonies of Pārsīs
-assimilated themselves with the lower classes of Hindus by whom they
-were surrounded. But fresh accessions from Irān, and a growth of
-national prosperity and self-confidence brought about a restoration of
-the ancient faith. On Indian soil, the Pārsīs now number 94,000. But
-owing to their intelligence and wealth, due to their remarkable success
-in trading, the Pārsīs command a much wider political and social
-influence than their numbers would seem to show. According to Pārsī
-belief, the soul passes after death to paradise (Bihisht) or a place of
-punishment (Dozakh) according to a man's conduct in life. Much
-importance is attached to the performance of rites to the _manes_ of
-ancestors. Fire, water, the sun, moon, and stars were created by Ahura
-Mazda, and are venerated, as is Zarathushtra the Prophet. Soshios, his
-son, will some day be reincarnated as a Messiah, and will convert the
-world to the true faith. As with other Indian religions, contact with
-Europeans tends to produce laxity of belief and conduct.
-
-_Christianity._ It is interesting to remember that there were Christians
-in India before the Christian faith reached our islands. The tradition
-that St Thomas was the Apostle of India, and suffered martyrdom there,
-is indeed discredited. This tradition originated with the Syriac _Acta
-Thomae_, and was accepted by Catholic teachers from the middle of the
-fourth century. The Indian King Gundaphar of the _Acta_ is undoubtedly
-the historical Gondophares, whose dynasty was Parthian, though his
-territories were loosely considered to extend to India. A full account
-of the traditions connecting St Thomas with India (by W. R. Philipps)
-will be found in vol. XXXII. of the _Indian Antiquary_, 1903, pp. 1-15,
-145-160.
-
-The term "Christians of St Thomas" is often applied to the members of
-the ancient Christian churches of Southern India which claim him as
-their first founder, and honour as their second founder a bishop called
-Thomas, who is said to have come from Jerusalem to Malabar in 345 A.D.
-According to local tradition, St Thomas went from Malabar to Mylapur,
-now a suburb of Madras and the seat of a Roman Catholic bishop. Here
-still exists the shrine of his martyrdom on Mount St Thomas. A
-miraculous cross is shown with a Pahlavi inscription which is said to be
-as old as the end of the seventh century. The old churches of the south
-were certainly of East Syrian origin. They never wholly lost their sense
-of connection with their mother church, for it is known that they sent
-deputies in 1490 to the Nestorian patriarch Simeon, who provided them
-with bishops. Under Musalmān rule, they suffered severely, and welcomed
-the advent of the Portuguese to India. They were, however, recalcitrant
-to Roman influence, and it was with much difficulty that in 1599 they
-were induced to submit to a formal union with Rome at the synod of
-Diamper (Udayamperur in Cochin). During the following century and a half
-the Thomasine churches were under foreign Jesuit rule, but yielded an
-unwilling and intermittent obedience. In 1653, there was a great schism,
-and of about 200,000 Christians of St Thomas only 400 remained loyal to
-Rome, though some of their churches were soon won back by the
-Carmelites. The remainder fell under the influence of the Jacobite Mar
-Gregorius, styled patriarch of Jerusalem, who reached Malabar in 1665 as
-an emissary from Ignatius patriarch of Antioch. From this time, the
-independent churches of Southern India have been Jacobite. At the
-present time, they are on friendly terms with the Anglican church in
-India, and are loosening their dependence on the Jacobite patriarch of
-Antioch.
-
-Of missionary work in India I need not speak in a book of this size.
-There are nearly three millions of Christians in India, of whom two and
-a half millions are native converts. Seeing that missionary work has
-been in operation since 1500, a tale of converts amounting to less than
-one per cent. may seem a discouraging result of over 400 years of
-contact with European religious thought. But actual conversion has taken
-place chiefly among the lower classes and least advanced races. Among
-the educated classes the influence of Christianity has been indirect,
-and in many cases has produced a transformation in ethical belief and
-social conduct as complete as could have been wrought by open
-conversion. The Brāhmo Samāj, for instance, remains Hindu in a sense,
-because it refuses to sever its connection with India, or to acknowledge
-European authority in matters of religion. But the Brāhmo Samāj could
-not have come into existence but for Rām Mohan Roy's friendly and
-intimate acquaintance with European Christians and Unitarians. Even in
-the matter of conversion, the rate of progress is increasing rapidly,
-partly because missionary effort is being directed to savage tracts
-hitherto unvisited by civilised men, but partly, also, because the
-native Christian community is beginning to have sufficient
-self-confidence and status to proselytise in its turn. The multiplicity
-of missionary agencies, due to the accidents of European history and
-development, has been an impediment. Such terms as the Church of
-England, Church of Scotland, Welsh Baptists, American Baptists, etc.,
-can have little signification for races who cannot be expected to know
-the historical causes which brought about these local varieties of
-Christian doctrine and practice. There may yet arise among one of the
-rival churches in India a Christian Rāmanuja or Chaitanya, who may found
-a great Church of India, with a ritual, and, perhaps, doctrines of its
-own. The most successful of the Jesuit missionaries, Robert de Nobili[6]
-for instance, and such men as the Abbé Dubois in later times, owed their
-success to the fact that they assumed the habits, dress, and often the
-titles of Brāhmanic ascetics. They could not assume the dusky skin
-which, after all, is the first and easiest means of gaining an Indian's
-confidence. They could not wholly accept caste, they could not wink at
-polygamy in the case of men whose first wives were infertile, and who
-had an hereditary sense that the lack of an heir is socially and
-religiously reprehensible. Perhaps a truly indigenous Church of India
-may deal with such difficulties more successfully than men who are
-compelled to teach, not only the elements of the Christian faith, but
-the ethical traditions belonging to their own race.
-
-In this connection, I may be allowed to conclude my necessarily brief
-story of Indian races and religions with an anecdote. Just thirty-five
-years ago I was in charge of a "subdivision" in Bengal which contained a
-large number of native Christians belonging to the Church of England.
-There were several churches with parsonages, and the nearest of these to
-my headquarters was in the charge of a young missionary who was glad to
-have an occasional chat with a young magistrate. One day my missionary
-friend told me that he had discovered with dismay that his flock were in
-the habit of attending the Communion Service in batches, according to
-their castes, so as not to be obliged to drink out of the cup with men
-of alien caste. There were Hindu Christians and Muhammadan Christians
-who could not eat or drink together. He decided that this state of
-things must be stopped at all costs, as being wholly contrary to
-Christian teaching. I ventured to suggest that spiritual equality is not
-the same thing as social equality, but had to admit that caste is not
-usually recognised as a Christian institution. Apparently the Christians
-listened to their pastor's admonition, for, a few days after, he rode
-over to say that, in consequence of ex-scavengers and ex-Brāhmans having
-communicated together, his whole congregation had been put out of caste
-by their Hindu neighbours. This may not, at first sight, seem a very
-serious calamity. But it happened that, in the caste specialisation
-which had survived among the Christians, there were none of the
-community who were barbers or midwives by caste. Christian men were
-going about with stubbly chins: worse still, Christian women were in
-need of help which their Hindu sisters refused to supply. It was a
-difficult situation for two young bachelors. However, I now confess,
-after all these years, that I brought a little official pressure to bear
-on the midwives, and the situation was saved for the moment. In those
-days, the educational policy of Government was to give grants-in-aid to
-primary schools, most of which, in this very Christian "subdivision"
-were either Roman Catholic or Anglican. When next I proceeded to issue
-my doles according to school-population and other educational results, I
-was astonished to find that the Roman Catholic grant-in-aid had
-increased greatly and the Anglican grant-in-aid had proportionally
-diminished. This was the immediate (and no doubt temporary) result of my
-missionary friend's zeal. Such survivals of old beliefs are common in
-all the religions of India. The main social impulse of the people was
-implanted on their minds at the distant epoch of the Aryan settlement,
-the sense of social and racial inequality which has now hardened into
-the caste system. To most Indians a recognition of the importance and
-value of caste is the first step towards decent and seemly conduct,
-towards civilised morality. When a semi-savage hill-man begins to
-recognise his inferiority to his Hindu neighbours and makes tentative
-approaches with a view to inclusion in civilised society, his first duty
-is to abjure the diet of pork and rice-beer which his unregenerate
-appetite loves, since these indulgences stand in the way of sharing a
-meal with Hindu folk. (In other parts of India, liquor and meat are
-consumed by low-caste Hindus of aboriginal origin.) In Assam, a Kachāri
-first accepts the _sarana_ or "protection" of a Hindu Goshain. He is
-then called a Saraniya Koch. His next step is to abandon strong drinks,
-on which he is promoted to the status of a Modāhi Koch. At this stage,
-he may be fortunate enough to win the hand of a bride of pure Koch
-family, and, under her guidance, acquires enough of conventional habits
-and beliefs to be recognised as a Kāmtāli or Bor Koch, and is a true
-Hindu, a member of a genuine Hindu caste. Musalmāns and Christians have
-other social conventions, and do not usually regard them as essential to
-good manners or godliness. But their converts retain their social
-superstitions and carry them into the new surroundings, where they
-sometimes come into disagreeable contact with the ethical ideas
-belonging to imported religions.
-
-The contact of Aryan with Dravidian races, some three thousand years
-ago, brought about the beginnings of caste, which, from one point of
-view, may be regarded as a rude form of "race-protection," a primitive
-system of eugenics. It is still most rigidly enforced in the south,
-where the semi-Aryan classes are in a great minority. It is most relaxed
-in the Panjāb, where, though caste rules exist, the population is, and
-probably always has been, as homogeneous as our own race. French
-travellers in India have sometimes said, half-humorously, that the
-Anglo-Indian administrators and merchants are practically a caste unto
-themselves. Bengalis have made the same remark and have said that our
-Civil Service is composed of _Kali Yuger Brāhman_, "the Brāhmans of the
-Iron Age." There was once some truth in the accusation, if accusation it
-be. It was not our business to interfere deliberately with caste, since
-British policy from the first has been one of kindly neutrality and
-toleration. Whether indirect influences have mitigated the effect of the
-sentiment of caste is a moot point. Educated Indians who have lived in
-Europe see its irksomeness, and in some cases denounce it more
-vigorously than most Europeans will care to denounce a system due to
-historical causes which are still partly operative. On the other hand,
-railways and other facilities for travel, though they have necessarily
-introduced laxity in matters of food and contact, have probably
-heightened the caste feeling by emphasising the variety of Hindu
-humanity and of the customs and habits of its many races. Hence the
-evolution of Indian society remains as interesting and as incalculable
-as ever.
-
-In a little book of this sort it has been necessary to make many general
-and sweeping statements which are not always literally true of any given
-part of India. But perhaps enough has been said to show the interesting
-and significant differences between the three hundred odd millions of
-Western Europe and the three hundred odd millions of India. Our business
-in India has been primarily to keep the peace, to provide a
-breathing-space after the social and political turmoil that followed on
-the breaking-up of the Moghal empire. The principal result, so far, has
-been a notable increase in Hindu self-confidence and ambition, and a
-growing belief among Hindus that their ancient social system is not
-incompatible with industrial, commercial, and political advance on
-European lines. This belief has been much strengthened by the
-modernisation of Japan, and its results. It has been fostered by the
-free admission of educated Hindus to the highest and most responsible
-posts in the King-Emperor's administration. Inasmuch as that statement
-brings me to the most modern development of Hindu life and thought, I
-cannot do better than end at this point.
-
-[5] Some account of the development of Chaitanya's teaching in Assam may
-be found in an article of mine in Dr Hastings' _Dictionary of Religion
-and Ethics_.
-
-[6] In 1606, R. de Nobili, a nephew of Bellarmine, was in charge of the
-Jesuit mission at Madura, and adopted the costume of a Dravidian Brāhman.
-
-
-
-
-BIBLIOGRAPHY
-
-
-CHAPTER I
-
-The standard authority on the Hindu literary theory of Caste is M. Emile
-Senart's _Les Castes dans l'lnde_. Paris. Ernest Leroux. 1896.
-
-Probably the best succinct account of Caste is Mr E. A. Gait's article
-in Dr Hastings' _Encyclopædia of Religion and Ethics_. This will, of
-course, be brought up to date in the forthcoming Report on the Indian
-Census of 1911.
-
-Sir A. C. Lyall's _Asiatic Studies_. London. John Murray. Contains a
-sympathetic and learned account of Hindu social life and of the workings
-of Caste in Upper India.
-
-M. C. Bouglé's _Essai sur le Régime des Castes_. Paris. Felix Alcan.
-1908. Contains much interesting matter taken from many sources, but
-sometimes, from want of local knowledge, does not sufficiently
-discriminate between different developments of the caste system.
-
-There is an enormous literature on the races, tribes, and castes of
-India, but references to the most important books will be found in the
-above authorities.
-
- * * * * *
-
-Chapter I is, in the main, a summary of Sir H. H. Risley's views as
-expressed in Chapter VI of Vol. I of the _Imperial Gazetteer_. That is
-inevitable, since the _Gazetteer_ contains necessarily the most
-authoritative summary of what is known on the subject, pending the
-appearance of Mr Gait's forthcoming Census Report.
-
-
-CHAPTER II
-
-The standard authority on the modern languages of India is Sir G. A.
-Grierson's work on _The Languages of India_ (Calcutta, 1903). It will,
-however, be superseded by the book which Sir G. A. Grierson is now
-writing on the basis of the further materials collected in his
-_Linguistic Survey_, and in the Census Reports of 1911. The eleven
-volumes hitherto published of the _Survey_ itself give specimens of the
-Indian languages and skeleton grammars.
-
-
-CHAPTER III
-
-Professor Macdonell's _History of Sanskrit Literature_ (Heinemann, 1905)
-contains a fascinating and readable account of the Hindu scriptures from
-the Vedic ages up to modern times.
-
-Professor Hopkins' _Religions of India_ and _India Old and New_ deal
-with both the literature and the actual working of Indian religions. Mr
-W. Crooke's _Native Races of Northern India_ is a popular account of the
-Aryan region, and Mr Thurston's _Castes and Tribes of Southern India_.
-Madras, Government Press. 1908. Though it is more elaborate and
-scientific in its treatment, is full of matters which are interesting
-not only to the specialist.
-
-Meredith Townsend's _Asia and Europe_. London. Archibald Constable.
-1905. Is still an interesting and suggestive study of the differences
-between East and West, and Sir A. C. Lyall's _Asiatic Studies_ are the
-even more illuminating results of a long, intimate, and sympathetic
-familiarity with Indian religious thought.
-
-The chapter on Religion in the forthcoming Census Report for 1911 will
-contain the latest fruits of research, statistical and other.
-
-There is an enormous mass of literature dealing in detail with the
-religions and sects of India. A selected list of books will be found at
-p. 446 of the _Imperial Gazetteer_.
-
-
-
-
-INDEX
-
-
-Abor race, 44
-
-Accent in Indian languages, 74
-
-Ādi Brāhmo Samāj, 96
-
-Alphabets of India, 70
-
-Animism among Muhammadans, 99
-
-Animistic religions of India, 81
-
-Animists as potential Hindus, 83
-
-_Anu-loma_ castes, 38
-
-Apabhramsa or "decayed" languages, 75
-
-Arjuna, supposed ancestor of Manipur dynasty, 42
-
-Aryan settlement in Gangetic _do-āb_, 27
-
-Aryan settlement in the Panjāb, 26
-
-Aryo-Dravidian type of race, 22
-
-_Assam, History of_, by E. A. Gait, 45
-
-Assamese language, 76
-
-
-Bannerjee, Rev. K. M., 95
-
-Bengali language, 76
-
-Bengali race, origins of, 28
-
-Bihārī language, 76
-
-Bohra Muhammadans, 101
-
-Brachycephalous races, 17
-
-Brahma, one of the Hindu Trinity, 91
-
-Brāhmanas, sacred books, 88
-
-Brāhmans of Bengal, 17
-
-Brāhmo Samāj in Bengal, 94
-
-Brāhui language, 62, 66
-
-Buddha (Gautama) and Buddhism, 89
-
-
-Caste, definition of, 35;
- functional type of, 45;
- as divided in _gotras_, 41;
- as a result of migration, 49;
- as resulting from change of custom, 50;
- as formed by mixture of blood, 47;
- of the national type, 48;
- sectarian type, 46;
- tribal castes, 40, 43;
- as including Koches and other indigenous tribes, 109
-
-Chaitanya, Hindu reformer, 92
-
-Chandāls, 38
-
-Chitrangadā, supposed ancestress of Manipur dynasty, 42
-
-Clans, exogamous, 35
-
-Crooke, Mr W., on "Rājputs and Marāthas", 52
-
-
-Dafla race, 44
-
-Dolicocephalous races, 17
-
-Doms in Assam, 44
-
-Dravidian languages, 61, 62
-
-Dravidian type of race, 24
-
-Dravidians as probable autochthones, 25
-
-Dubois, Abbé, 106
-
-
-Fiction as an origin of caste, 33
-
-Functional type of castes, 45
-
-
-Gait, E. A., _History of Assam_, 45
-
-Gandhara, kingdom of, 31
-
-Gārpagāri (hail averters) as functional caste, 45
-
-Gond language, 62, 65
-
-_Gotras_, as branch of caste, 41
-
-Gujarāti language, 76
-
-
-Hindi (Eastern) language, 76
-
-Hindi (Western) language, 75
-
-Hindustāni or Urdū language, 77
-
-Hoernle's theory of Aryan settlements, 28
-
-Hypergamy, 26
-
-
-Indo-Aryan type of race, 21
-
-Indo-Chinese invasions, 80
-
-Islām in India, 97
-
-
-Jains, their religion, 89
-
-
-Kabir, Hindu reformer, 92
-
-Kachāri race, 109
-
-Kāli, worship of, 94
-
-Kanarese language, 61, 64
-
-Kandh language, 62
-
-Kartā-bhajās, sectarian caste, 46
-
-Kāshmīrī language, 76
-
-Kāyasthas of Bengal, 17
-
-Khojā Muhammadans, 101
-
-Koch race, 41
-
-Koches as Hindu caste, 109
-
-Kodagu language, 61
-
-Kohistāni language, 76
-
-Kolāmi language, 62
-
-Kota language, 62
-
-Kurukh language, 62
-
-
-Lahnda language, 76
-
-Languages of India generally, 56;
- Apabhramsa, 75;
- Assamese, 76;
- Bengali, 76;
- Bihārī, 76;
- Brāhui, 62, 66;
- Dravidian, 61, 62;
- Gond, 62, 65;
- Gujarāti, 76;
- Hindi (Western), 75;
- Hindi (Eastern), 76;
- Hindustāni, 77;
- Kanarese, 61, 65;
- Kandh, 62;
- Kashmīri, 76;
- Kodagu, 61;
- Kohistāni, 76;
- Kolāmi, 62;
- Kota, 62;
- Kurukh, 62;
- Lahnda, 76;
- Māgadhi Prākrit, 75;
- Mahārāshtri Prākrit, 75;
- Malayalam, 61, 64;
- Malto, 62;
- Marāthi, 76;
- Mon-Khmer, 78, 79;
- Mundā, 66;
- Oriyā, 72, 76;
- Pahārī, 76;
- Pāli, 75;
- Panjābi, 76;
- Prākrit, 71;
- "Primary" Prākrits, 74;
- Rājasthāni, 76;
- Sauraseni, 75;
- Sindhi, 76;
- Tamil, 61, 62;
- Telugu, 62, 65;
- Toda, 62;
- Tulu, 62
-
-Lingayats as a sectarian caste, 47
-
-
-Madhya-deça, the linguistic Midland, 69
-
-Māgadhi Prākrit language, 75
-
-Mags of Chittagong, 23
-
-Mahārāshtri language, 75
-
-Malayalam language, 61, 64
-
-Malto language, 62
-
-Manipur and the Meithei race, 42
-
-Manu, Institutes of, 37
-
-Marātha race and its origins, 29, 48
-
-Marāthi language, 76
-
-Meithei race of Manipur, 42
-
-Migration as a cause of caste, 49
-
-Mixed castes, 47
-
-Mongolo-Dravidian race, 23
-
-Mongolian races brachycephalous, 18
-
-Mongoloid type of race, 23
-
-Mon-Khmer languages, 78, 79
-
-Moplah Muhammadans, 101
-
-Mundā languages, 66
-
-
-Nānak (Sikh reformer), 93
-
-National castes, 48
-
-Navavidhān Brāhmo Samāj, 96
-
-Navin Chandra Sen, his definition of caste, 33
-
-Nesfield, Mr, _Brief View of the Caste System
- of the N. W. P. and Oude_ quoted, 13
-
-Nestorian Christians, 103
-
-Newār tribe in Nepāl, 48
-
-Nirvāna as a Buddhist, and Jain doctrine, 89
-
-Nobili, Robert de, 106
-
-Nose-measurements, 19
-
-
-Orbito-nasal index, 19
-
-Oriyā language, 72, 76
-
-
-Pahārī language, 76
-
-Pāli language, 75
-
-Pānini and other grammarians, 70
-
-Panjābi language, 76
-
-Pantheism, 37
-
-Parasu Rāma, 41
-
-Pārsīs and their religion, 101
-
-Pir Badr of Chittagong, 85
-
-Pirs (Muhammadan saints), 99
-
-Prākrit languages, 71
-
-_Prati-loma_ (see _Anu-loma_) castes, 38
-
-Primary Prākrits, 74
-
-Purānas (sacred books), 90
-
-
-Rājputs in Nepāl, etc., 24
-
-Rāmānuja (Hindu reformer), 91
-
-Risley, Sir H. H., his account of Marātha origins, 30;
- Article in _Journal of R. A. Institute_ quoted, 15
-
-Roy, Rājā Rām Mohan, 94
-
-
-Sādhāran Brāhmo Samāj, 96
-
-Sāktas, a Hindu sect, 94
-
-Saraswati (Dayānand), 96
-
-Sauraseni language, 75
-
-Scytho-Dravidian type of race, 22
-
-Scytho-Dravidian, supposed origin, 29
-
-Sectarian type of caste, 46
-
-Sen (Keshav Chandra), 94
-
-Shagird-peshās as a mixed caste, 48
-
-Shia Muhammadans, 99
-
-Sikhs and the Sikh religion, 93
-
-Sindhī language, 76
-
-Siva, as a member of the Hindu Trinity, 91
-
-Sse or Sakas (Scythians), 30
-
-Stature as an index of race, 20
-
-Sunni Muhammadans, 99
-
-
-Tagore, Maharshi Devendranāth, 94
-
-Tagore, Rabindranāth, 94
-
-Tamil language, 61, 64
-
-Tantras (sacred books), 94
-
-Telugu language, 62, 65
-
-Thomasine Christians, 103
-
-Tīrthan-karas (Jain saints), 90
-
-Toda language, 62
-
-Totems and Totemistic clans in Assam, 36
-
-Tribal castes, 40, 43
-
-Tribes in Assam, 35
-
-Tribes, Turko-Iranian, 37
-
-Tulu language, 62
-
-Turko-Iranian type of race, 20
-
-Turushka race, 31
-
-
-Upanishads (sacred books), 88
-
-
-_Vangiya Sāhitya Parisat_ (Bengal Academy of Literature), 56
-
-Vardhamāna, the founder of Jainism, 89
-
-Vedas, the four sacred books, 86
-
-Vedic deities, 87
-
-Vishnu as one of the Hindu Trinity, 91
-
-
-Wahābi Muhammadans, 100
-
-
-Yueh-chi race, 31
-
-
-CAMBRIDGE: PRINTED BY JOHN CLAY, M.A. AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS
-
-
-[Illustration: map
-
- THE INDIAN EMPIRE
- Distribution of Population
- _Camb. Univ. Press_]
-
-[Illustration: map
-
- THE INDIAN EMPIRE
- Distribution of Prevailing Languages
- _Camb. Univ. Press_]
-
-
-
-
-
-
-End of Project Gutenberg's The Peoples of India, by James Drummond Anderson
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PEOPLES OF INDIA ***
-
-***** This file should be named 55465-0.txt or 55465-0.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/5/5/4/6/55465/
-
-Produced by deaurider, Chris Pinfield and the Online
-Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
-file was produced from images generously made available
-by The Internet Archive)
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
- are located before using this ebook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
-
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-
diff --git a/old/55465-0.zip b/old/55465-0.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ad8636..0000000
--- a/old/55465-0.zip
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/55465-h.zip b/old/55465-h.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index 1477fc5..0000000
--- a/old/55465-h.zip
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/55465-h/55465-h.htm b/old/55465-h/55465-h.htm
deleted file mode 100644
index 6d6eb21..0000000
--- a/old/55465-h/55465-h.htm
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5313 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
- <head>
- <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" />
- <title>
- The Peoples of India
- By James Drummond Anderson.
- </title>
-
- <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" />
-
- <style type="text/css">
-
- body {
- margin-left: 7%;
- margin-right: 8%;
- font-size: 110%;
- }
-
- p {
- margin-top: .5em;
- text-indent: 1em;
- text-align: justify;
- margin-bottom: .5em;
- line-height: 120%;
- }
-
- h1 {
- text-align: center;
- clear: both;
- font-weight: normal;
- font-style: normal;
- font-size: 150%;
- line-height: 120%;
- margin-top: 2.5em;
- margin-bottom: 1em;
- }
-
- h2 {
- text-align: center;
- clear: both;
- font-weight: normal;
- font-style: normal;
- font-size: 120%;
- line-height: 120%;
- margin-top: 2em;
- margin-bottom: 1em;
- }
-
- h3 {
- text-align: center;
- clear: both;
- font-weight: normal;
- font-style: normal;
- font-size: 110%;
- line-height: 110%;
- margin-top: 1.5em;
- margin-bottom: 0.5em;
- }
-
- /* styles for Transcriber's Note */
- #tnote {
- background-color: #EEE;
- color: inherit;
- margin:1em 35%;
- padding: 0.5em 1em;
- border: 1px solid gray;
- font-size: small;
- }
- #tnote p {
- text-indent: 0;
- text-align: left;
- margin-bottom: .75em;
- margin-top: .25em;
- }
-
- /* styles for illustrations */
- .image-center {
- margin: 1.5em auto;
- text-align: center;
- }
- .caption {
- font-size: small;
- margin: 0.25em 0;
- }
- .caption p {
- text-align: center;
- text-indent: 0;
- }
- .caption p.left {
- text-align: left;
- margin-left: 3em;
- }
- .caption p.right {
- text-align: right;
- margin-right: 3em;
- font-size: x-small;
- }
- .caption-title {
- font-size: small;
- display: inline-block;
- width: 200px;
- margin: 1em;
- border: 1px solid black;
- }
- .caption-title p {
- text-align: center;
- text-indent: 0;
- }
-
- /* styles for front matter */
- .front {
- margin: 2em 35%;
- }
- .front p {
- margin-top: 2em;
- margin-bottom: 2em;
- text-indent: 0;
- text-align: center;
- line-height: 125%;
- }
-
- /* style for page numbers */
- .pagenum {
- position: absolute;
- right: 1.5%;
- font-size: small;
- font-style: normal;
- font-weight: normal;
- text-align: right;
- }
-
- /* styles for letter tops and feet */
- .foot {
- margin-top: 0.5em;
- margin-bottom: 1.5em;
- }
- div.right1 {
- padding-right: 4%;
- text-align: right;
- }
- div.left1 {
- padding-left: 2%;
- text-align: left;
- }
-
- /* styles for ToC ToI ToM */
- .toc {
- border-collapse: separate;
- border-spacing: 4px;
- width: 80%;
- max-width: 30em;
- line-height: 95%;
- margin-left: auto;
- margin-right: auto;
- margin-bottom: 1em;
- }
- .toc td.chap-plat {
- width:3em;
- text-align: right;
- vertical-align: top;
- }
- .toc td.title {
- padding-left: 1.5em;
- text-indent: -1em;
- vertical-align: top;
- text-align: left;
- }
- .toc td.ditto {
- width:6em;
- text-align: center;
- vertical-align: top;
- }
- .toc td.pag {
- width: 1.5em;
- text-align: right;
- vertical-align: bottom;
- }
-
- /* styles for footnotes */
- .fnanchor {
- vertical-align: 15%;
- font-size: x-small;
- }
- .footnote p {
- margin-left: 3.5%;
- margin-right: 3.5%;
- font-size: small;
- }
-
- /* styles for tables of language speakers */
- .speak {
- border-collapse: separate;
- border-spacing: 2px;
- width: 80%;
- max-width: 30em;
- line-height: 95%;
- margin-left: auto;
- margin-right: auto;
- margin-bottom: 1em;
- }
- .speak td.group {
- width:2em;
- text-align: left;
- vertical-align: top;
- }
- .speak td.subgroup {
- width:2em;
- text-align: left;
- vertical-align: top;
- }
- .speak td.dialect {
- vertical-align: top;
- text-align: left;
- padding-left: 1.5em;
- text-indent: -1.5em;
- }
- .speak td.number {
- width: 5em;
- text-align: right;
- vertical-align: bottom;
- }
- .speak td.top {
- border-top: 1px solid black;
- }
-
- /* styles for index */
- div.index {
- font-size: small;
- width: 25em;
- margin-left: auto;
- margin-right: auto;
- line-height: 95%;
- }
- ul {
- list-style-type: none;
- font-size: inherit;
- padding-left: 0.5em;
- }
- li {
- margin-top: 0.2em;
- margin-left: 1em;
- text-indent: -1em;
- }
-
- /* misc styles */
- .nodent { text-indent: 0; }
- .center { text-indent: 0; text-align: center; }
- .smcap { font-variant: small-caps; }
- .small { font-size: small; }
- .x-small { font-size: x-small; }
- .gap-above { margin-top: 2em; }
-
- </style>
- </head>
-<body>
-
-
-<pre>
-
-Project Gutenberg's The Peoples of India, by James Drummond Anderson
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
-other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
-the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have
-to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.
-
-Title: The Peoples of India
-
-Author: James Drummond Anderson
-
-Release Date: August 31, 2017 [EBook #55465]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PEOPLES OF INDIA ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by deaurider, Chris Pinfield and the Online
-Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
-file was produced from images generously made available
-by The Internet Archive)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-</pre>
-
-
-<div id="tnote">
-
-<p>Transcriber's Note</p>
-
-<p>Apparent typographical errors have been corrected, and the use of
-hyphens has been normalized. Text in black-letter font has been
-bolded.</p>
-
-<p>The author does not identify the transliteration scheme(s) used for
-Indian words in the text. Macrons (as in "ā") are used extensively and
-there is some use of the "diacritic dot" (as in "ṇ").</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="front">
-
-<p>The Cambridge Manuals of Science and Literature</p>
-
-<h1>THE PEOPLES OF INDIA</h1>
-
- <p>CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS<br />
- <small><b>London</b>: FETTER LANE, E.C.</small><br />
- C. F. CLAY, <span class="smcap">Manager</span></p>
-
-<div class="image-center">
- <img src="images/crest.jpg" width="72" height="75" alt="mark"/>
-</div>
-
- <p class="small"><b>Edinburgh</b>: 100, PRINCES STREET<br />
- <b>Berlin</b>: A. ASHER AND CO.<br />
- <b>Leipzig</b>: F. A. BROCKHAUS<br />
- <b>New York</b>: G. P. PUTNAM'S SONS<br />
- <b>Bombay and Calcutta</b>: MACMILLAN AND CO., <span class="smcap">Ltd.</span></p>
-
-<p class="gap-above small"><i>All rights reserved</i></p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="section"><a name="frontis" id="frontis"></a></div>
-
-<div class="image-center" style="max-width: 386px;">
- <img src="images/frontis.jpg" width="386" height="600" alt=""/>
- <div class="caption">
- <p>Brāhmans<br />
- (<i>Mirzapur district</i>)</p>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<div class="image-center" style="max-width: 390px;">
- <img src="images/title.jpg" width="390" height="600" alt=""/>
- <div class="caption-title">
- <p>THE PEOPLES OF INDIA<br />
- BY<br />
- J. D. ANDERSON, M.A.</p>
-
- <p>Teacher of Bengali in the<br />
- University of Cambridge, formerly<br />
- of the Indian Civil Service</p>
-
- <p>Cambridge:<br />
- at the University Press</p>
-
- <p>1913</p>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<div class="front">
-
- <p class="small"><b>Cambridge</b>:<br />
- PRINTED BY JOHN CLAY, M.A.<br />
- AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS</p>
-
-<p class="gap-above"><i>With the exception of the coat of arms at
-the foot, the design on the title page is a
-reproduction of one used by the earliest known
-Cambridge printer, John Siberch, 1521</i></p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="pagenum"><a name="Page_v" id="Page_v">{v}</a></div>
-
-<h2>PREFACE</h2>
-
-<p class="nodent"><span class="smcap">The</span> writing of this little book has been delayed
-by the hope I once cherished of incorporating
-in it some of the results of the Indian Census of 1911.
-This desire was inevitable in the case of a retired
-Indian official, who, like most of his kind, has taken a
-small part in one or more of the decennial numberings
-of the Indian people. In this country, a Census affords
-material chiefly for the calculations and theories of
-the statistician, and the Registrar-General is not
-regarded as an expert in Anthropology or Linguistics.
-But in India the case is very different. If the district
-officer is always glad to learn as much as possible of
-the people with whom he is brought into contact, his
-official duties often reveal only the seamy side of
-Indian life, and it is only when he is in camp, or
-snatching a rare and hurried holiday in shooting, that
-he gets to see something of the people otherwise than
-as litigants or payers of revenue. A census is an
-agreeable and welcome opportunity for looking at
-India from another and more genially human point
-of view. In the first place, it is one of the least
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_vi" id="Page_vi">{vi}</a></span>
-expensive of official operations, since it is chiefly
-performed by unpaid and volunteer agency. Hence
-the official, a little weary of litigants, touts, pleaders,
-and subordinates, who, however amiable in their
-private lives, are apt to be indolent and obstructive
-in office, is glad to make acquaintance with new
-friends, who, for the most part, take an intelligent
-and amused interest in the unfamiliar task of numbering.
-For many busy weeks before the actual counting
-takes place, the district officer has to ride far and
-near, to satisfy himself that all necessary preparations
-have duly been made, to issue the instructions that
-may be called for by the zeal, inquisitiveness or
-density of his volunteer colleagues. In the process,
-he has many pleasant and some amusing experiences.
-On one occasion I rode into a little village on the
-north-eastern frontier, inhabited by semi-savage
-Tibeto-Burmese people. Official orders as to the
-numbering of all the house in legible figures had
-apparently not been obeyed. I simulated wrath and
-disappointment, but the worthy headman on whom
-I vented my (purely official) indignation was not
-dismayed. "Bring out your drums!" he shouted.
-Every householder produced the family kettle-drum,
-on the head of which the number of his house had
-been duly inscribed in large figures. There was no
-paper in the village, but parchment was invented
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_vii" id="Page_vii">{vii}</a></span>
-before paper, and the headman deserved the commendation
-I was glad to bestow. On another occasion,
-I found a house numbered indeed, but grievously
-dilapidated and obviously deserted. "Why is this
-empty house numbered?" I asked. "It is haunted
-by a ghost, sir," answered the enumerator. I confess
-I felt sorry not to allow him to include this ghostly
-visitant in a census of living men. Other incidents,
-more ethnologically important than these, will frequently
-occur. In any case the Census Report of an
-Indian province is by far the most interesting official
-document in existence, and each census adds something
-to our knowledge of Indian humanity, if only
-because each Census Commissioner, always an officer
-of unusual ability and attainments, looks at his task
-from a point of view somewhat different from that of
-his predecessors, and stamps his individuality on the
-work of his subordinates. Those who have read
-Mr E. A. Gait's article on <i>Caste</i> in the <i>Dictionary
-of Ethics and Religion</i> will expect the census of 1911
-to contain new views and fresh information as to
-the actual working of the caste system in various
-provinces, and its relation to the religious ideas of
-the people.</p>
-
-<p class="gap-above">It was natural, then, that I should wish to learn
-from a new tapping of the source from which has
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_viii" id="Page_viii">{viii}</a></span>
-been compiled, for the most part, the ethnical portion
-of the first volume of the Imperial Gazetteer of India,
-which has been my chief authority in compiling this
-little book. But I know not when Mr Gait's Report
-for all India will be ready, and even the Provincial
-Reports come but slowly from the Press. Most of
-them are full of the most interesting and valuable
-information, but it takes time to assimilate so much
-new matter, and, in any case, not much of it could
-have been utilized for so small and elementary a
-book. Hence I have simply to state my debt to the
-late Sir H. H. Risley and Mr E. A. Gait for the
-chapter on Race and Caste; to Sir G. A. Grierson
-for the chapter on Languages, and to Mr William
-Crooke for enabling me further to summarise his
-masterly summary of what is known about Indian
-Religions. It is a particular pleasure to acknowledge
-my indebtedness to my friend Sir G. A. Grierson.
-Years ago, when we were young men, it was known
-that in him the Indian Civil Service possessed a
-scholar and a linguist of most unusual industry and
-ability. But few knew that there was germinating in
-his mind the scheme for the great <i>Linguistic Survey
-of India</i>, the most remarkable feat of administrative
-scholarship, perhaps, that has ever been attempted, a
-feat that has won him the <i>Prix Volney</i> and I know
-not what other appreciations of his work in France
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ix" id="Page_ix">{ix}</a></span>
-and Germany. His learning and linguistic skill are
-widely known, but I must seize the opportunity to
-tell of another feature of his achievement. Of course
-no man knows more than a few of the hundreds of
-Indian languages, but there is one man who knows
-something of the working and mechanism of them all,
-and that is Sir G. A. Grierson. I had the privilege of
-helping him with part of the Bodo volume of his
-<i>Survey</i>, having had occasion to learn one or two
-Tibeto-Burman languages in the course of official
-duty. The practised ease with which he acquired the
-syntactical and phonetic peculiarities of languages
-with which he had no previous acquaintance was the
-most surprising and delightful intellectual performance
-I have ever witnessed.</p>
-
-<p>I have ventured occasionally to enliven my chiefly
-borrowed narrative with personal ideas or reminiscences.
-Such digressions have however been few and
-brief, and I do not think I need apologise for them.</p>
-
-<p>I have to thank Miss Lilian Whitehouse and my
-son, Lieut. M. A. Anderson, R.E., for the two diagrammatic
-maps which will, I hope, clear up any geographical
-difficulties created by a necessarily brief
-account of a large and complicated subject.</p>
-
-<p>I owe the illustrations of caste types to the
-kindness of Mr William Crooke. They are from
-photographs of inhabitants of one single district of
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_x" id="Page_x">{x}</a></span>
-the United Provinces and are interesting as showing
-how in a single small area racial differences show
-themselves in such a way as to be recognisable
-by the most careless observer. They prove once
-more how stratified Indian humanity has become
-under the influence of caste rules of marriages.</p>
-
-<div class="foot">
-<div class="right1">J. D. A.</div>
-<div class="left1"><i>September, 1913.</i></div>
-</div>
-
-<h2>CONTENTS</h2>
-
-<table class="toc" summary="ToC">
-
-<tr>
- <td class="chap-plat x-small">CHAP.</td>
- <td colspan="3" class="pag x-small">PAGE</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="chap-plat"></td>
- <td class="title smcap">Preface</td>
- <td colspan="2" class="pag"><a href="#Page_v">v</a></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="chap-plat"></td>
- <td class="title smcap">Introduction</td>
- <td colspan="2" class="pag"><a href="#Page_1">1</a></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="chap-plat">I.</td>
- <td class="title smcap">Race and Caste</td>
- <td colspan="2" class="pag"><a href="#Page_13">13</a></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="chap-plat">II.</td>
- <td class="title smcap">The Languages of India</td>
- <td colspan="2" class="pag"><a href="#Page_54">54</a></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="chap-plat">III.</td>
- <td class="title smcap">The Religions of India</td>
- <td colspan="2" class="pag"><a href="#Page_81">81</a></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="chap-plat"></td>
- <td class="title smcap">Bibliography</td>
- <td colspan="2" class="pag"><a href="#Page_113">113</a></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="chap-plat"></td>
- <td class="title smcap">Index</td>
- <td colspan="2" class="pag"><a href="#Page_115">115</a></td>
-</tr>
-
-</table>
-
-<h2>ILLUSTRATIONS</h2>
-
-<table class="toc" summary="ToI">
-
-<tr>
- <td class="chap-plat x-small">PLATE</td>
- <td colspan="3" class="pag x-small"></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="chap-plat"></td>
- <td class="title">Brāhmans (<i>Mirzapur district</i>)</td>
- <td colspan="2" class="pag small"><a href="#frontis"><i>Frontispiece</i></a></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="chap-plat">I.</td>
- <td class="title">Mahābrāhmans (<i>Mirzapur district</i>)</td>
- <td class="ditto small"><i>To face page</i></td>
- <td class="pag"><a href="#Page_12">12</a></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="chap-plat">II.</td>
- <td class="title">Kāyasthas&mdash;the writer caste (<i>Mirzapur district</i>)</td>
- <td class="ditto">"&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"</td>
- <td class="pag"><a href="#Page_24">24</a></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="chap-plat">III.</td>
- <td class="title">Dharkārs (<i>Mirzapur district</i>)</td>
- <td class="ditto">"&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"</td>
- <td class="pag"><a href="#Page_36">36</a></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="chap-plat">IV.</td>
- <td class="title">Banjara women (<i>Mirzapur district</i>)</td>
- <td class="ditto">"&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"</td>
- <td class="pag"><a href="#Page_48">48</a></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="chap-plat">V.</td>
- <td class="title">Seoris or Savaras (<i>Mirzapur district</i>)</td>
- <td class="ditto">"&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"</td>
- <td class="pag"><a href="#Page_60">60</a></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="chap-plat">VI.</td>
- <td class="title">A Bhuiyār (<i>Mirzapur district</i>)</td>
- <td class="ditto">"&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"</td>
- <td class="pag"><a href="#Page_72">72</a></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="chap-plat">VII.</td>
- <td class="title">A Ghāsiya (<i>Mirzapur district</i>)</td>
- <td class="ditto">"&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"</td>
- <td class="pag"><a href="#Page_84">84</a></td>
-</tr>
-
-</table>
-
-<h2>MAPS</h2>
-
-<table class="toc" summary="ToM">
-
-<tr>
- <td colspan="2" class="title">The Indian Empire&mdash;Distribution of Population</td>
- <td colspan="2" class="ditto"><a href="#map-1"><i>At end of book</i></a></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td colspan="2" class="title">The Indian Empire&mdash;Distribution of Prevailing Languages</td>
- <td colspan="2" class="ditto"><a href="#map-2"><i>At end of book</i></a></td>
-</tr>
-
-</table>
-
-<div class="pagenum"><a name="Page_1" id="Page_1">{1}</a></div>
-
- <h2>INTRODUCTION</h2>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">It</span> is necessary, once more, to remind the reader
-that the peninsula of India has an area and population
-roughly equal to the area and population of
-Europe without Russia. Everyone who has learnt
-geography at school is familiar with the great triangle,
-its base in the soaring Himalayan heights in the
-north, its apex jutting into the Indian Ocean, and
-marked by the satellite island of Ceylon. To the
-north, then, is the great mountain barrier, a tangled
-mass of snowy peaks, glaciers and snowfields, separating
-the sunny plains of India proper from the plateaux
-of Central Asia. Beneath them lie wide river basins,
-sandy and dry as unirrigated Egypt to the west;
-moist, warm, and waterlogged to the east. To the
-south of the valleys of the Indus and the Ganges is
-the central plateau, home of many aboriginal races.
-This rises on the west into a castellated rampart of
-hills facing the Arabian Sea, and on the south slopes
-away into green undulating uplands. So much, at
-least, of geographical description must be given as
-a clue to the distribution of the peoples of India.
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_2" id="Page_2">{2}</a></span>
-Along the Himalayas, growing stronger in numbers
-as we go eastwards, are races mostly of a Mongolian
-type, mingled with purely Indian elements. In the
-Panjāb and the United Provinces, sending offshoots
-southwards along the well-watered west coast, are
-the peoples in whom the traces of Aryan immigration
-are most visible. In Bengal we find a duskier race,
-provisionally termed Mongolo-Dravidian, but with
-a strong infusion, in the upper classes, of western
-blood. In the south are a still darker population
-almost wholly Dravidian. It is in the most ancient
-part of India, in the high plateau of the Deccan, that
-there still dwell the peoples who are probably the
-aborigines of the land and use the most purely Indian
-languages, the various Dravidian dialects. The geologically
-recent valleys of the Indus and Ganges are
-the home of races, mingled with aboriginal peoples,
-whose language and physical features show that in
-them is a strong strain of immigrant blood.</p>
-
-<p>On the Himalayan slopes, in Assam, and especially
-in Burma, are Tibeto-Burman peoples, with something
-of a Japanese aspect. Intermingled with all
-these, in forests and on rough and hardly accessible
-hills, are scattered many groups of semi-savage folk,
-of whom little was known till the gradual spread of
-British rule carried the administrator, the missionary,
-and finally the anthropologist, into regions once considered
-unfit for the presence of civilised men.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">{3}</a></span>
-So far, it may be said, the distribution of Indian
-humanity is not very unlike that of the races of
-Europe. Even this very crude summary, it is true,
-shows at least three great groups of languages,
-Dravidian in the south, Indo-European in the west
-and north-west, Tibeto-Burman in the north and the
-north-east. There are in fact five separate families
-of human speech which have their homes in India;
-the Aryan, the Dravidian, the Mundā, the Mon-Khmer,
-and the Tibeto-Chinese. The lateral spread
-of these is, of course, no real indication of the present
-habitat of five different races of men. But they do
-indicate the existence, in varying degrees of purity,
-of five different origins, of which the Dravidian and
-Mundā alone can be said to be purely indigenous
-and confined to the Indian peninsula. Nowhere is
-it more easy than in India to see how languages
-spread from race to race, from tribe to tribe, with
-a sort of linguistic contagion; the stronger, more
-supple, more copious, more cultivated languages
-replacing and gradually destroying weaker forms of
-speech. Something of the same sort has occurred,
-and is even now happening, in Europe. But the
-surviving European languages are mostly sturdy and
-vigorous, and do not readily yield place to one another.
-In India the process of linguistic invasion is
-going on before our eyes, attendant on the gradual
-growth of Hindu civilisation and religion, which
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4">{4}</a></span>
-disdains to practise open and reasoned proselytism,
-but extends its borders nevertheless, and carries with
-it one or another of the Aryan dialects.</p>
-
-<p>In spite of the spread of the stronger languages,
-the five great families of Indian speech remain and
-testify to more varied origins than those of Europe.
-One of the first results of familiarity with Indian
-peoples is a sense of their remarkable variety of
-aspect and culture. When the stranger lands in
-India, his first feeling is one of bewildering sameness;
-the dusky beings that surround him seem as like one
-another as sheep, or peas. But that sensation is
-merely due to the predominance of unfamiliar colour,
-and soon gives way to an impression of astonishing
-and most interesting variety. This variety is exhibited
-by the careful anthropometric investigations
-of the ethnologist. But there is more variety than
-average measurements show, and the rough impressions
-of the experienced administrator and traveller
-are not without their value. For instance, Sir William
-Hunter, in his work on <i>The Indian Empire</i>, classified
-the highlanders of Chota Nagpore as a race apart,
-whom he called Kolārians. Sir H. H. Risley says
-that "the distinction between Kolārians and Dravidians
-is purely linguistic, and does not correspond
-to any differences of physical type." As a matter of
-average physical measurements, this criticism is just.
-The average dimensions of Sonthal skulls are the
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">{5}</a></span>
-same as those of other Dravidian races. But he
-would be a poor observer of racial characteristics,
-who could not pick out a typical inhabitant of Chota
-Nagpore from a crowd of southern Dravidians. Even
-in parts of Bengal where such "Kolārian" folk have
-settled some generations ago, and have acquired the
-local language and dress, they are almost as easily
-distinguished as a Hindu undergraduate in Cambridge.
-If physical characters are rightly divided into "indefinite"
-signs of race, which can only be described
-with difficulty and hesitation in ordinary language,
-and the "definite" signs which can be measured and
-reduced to figures, yet the general aspect of a tribe
-or caste is the first thing which strikes an experienced
-enquirer's eye, and leads him to make further and
-more detailed investigations.</p>
-
-<p>So is it also with those divisions, peculiar to India,
-which are known to us by the Portuguese name of
-<i>caste</i>. The Indian name for caste is <i>varna</i>, or
-"colour," and physical differences between different
-castes were fairly obvious even before accurate
-averages were struck between many individual
-measurements. Caste has undoubtedly tended, and
-for similar reasons, to perpetuate such differences
-between classes of men as we readily recognise between
-different breeds of horses or cattle. The ages
-of men succeed one another more slowly than the
-generations of domestic animals, and segregation, in
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">{6}</a></span>
-spite of caste rules, has probably at no time been so
-rigid as in the case of pure-bred animals. But there
-is a restriction in the matter of marriage which has
-been more or less efficacious, and especially so in the
-case of the higher castes, where the women are more
-carefully guarded, and pride of birth influences the
-future mothers of the race. In some rare instances,
-castes are still racial, preserved from immixture by
-much the same feeling which leads the white American
-to protect his race from a mingling of Negro or Red
-Indian blood. Other castes are still recognisably the
-result and record of such forbidden mixtures. Sometimes
-the resulting difference is so great as to be
-visible in actual measurements. Often the result is
-a mere peculiarity of aspect, such as enables an
-expert to identify a mongrel or a crossbreed among
-domesticated animals. In any case, once a caste is
-formed, it is fenced in by matrimonial rules, strict in
-proportion to the social status and consideration of
-the group. Not only, then, are the racial origins of
-modern India more various than those of Europe, but
-such varieties of colour, stature, and culture as exist
-tend to be perpetuated.</p>
-
-<p>It has been said, somewhat paradoxically, that
-whereas in Europe the divisions between races of
-men cut perpendicularly, as it were, so as to be more
-or less local and geographical, in India the separating
-lines run horizontally, and represent social strata.
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">{7}</a></span>
-This, of course, is only partly true. The ancient
-Hindu theory of caste assumes the existence of four
-great divisions of Hindu humanity, extending all over
-India; namely, Brāhmans or priests, Kshatriyas, or
-warriors; Vaiçyas, or trading and professional folk;
-and Sūdras, who are most justly and aptly to be
-described as "the remainder." In all parts of Hindu
-India may be found representatives of this ancient
-and theoretical division of humanity, the first two
-usually claiming a western origin as eagerly as some
-of us claim a tincture of Norman blood. But it
-would be incorrect to say that even the highest and
-purest of these four divisions is of uniform race, or
-anything approaching to it, all over India. A Bengali
-Brāhman, for instance, can be more or less easily distinguished
-from other Bengalis, if he has the typical
-appearance of his caste. But he is even more easily
-distinguished from Brāhmans of other Provinces.
-How much of this last difference is due to mixture
-of blood, how much to difference of food and climate,
-it is, of course, difficult to say. But certainly caste
-produces a difference of breed in addition to the
-ethnical varieties of origin which differentiate the
-Indian populations from those of Europe.</p>
-
-<p>Thirdly, some clue to Indian racial differences
-may be found in the religions of the peninsula. The
-greatest of these is still the Indian religion <i>par excellence</i>,
-the wonderful collection of varied speculations,
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">{8}</a></span>
-beliefs, and practices known to us as Hinduism, and
-its daughter, the religion of Buddha. The latter
-has spread far and wide, has subjugated Ceylon and
-Burma, and is the leading religion of the Far East.
-At one time, it was supposed to be entirely or nearly
-extinct in India, although students had discovered
-traces of its influence in the Vishnuvite sects of
-Hinduism. Recent researches have shown that an
-almost unaltered form of Buddhism survives in the
-very bosom of Hinduism, and is practised under
-Hindu names among certain castes of Bengal and
-Orissa. It is to be noted that the investigations into
-these survivals have been for the most part conducted
-by Bengali Hindus, among whom is springing up a
-school of ethnologists and comparative linguists, who
-only need a better knowledge and understanding of
-European methods to be invaluable aids to western
-research in such matters. In Bengal, a work of
-purely anthropological interest has actually been
-published in the vernacular, an interesting account
-of the Chakmas, a Tibeto-Burman but partly Hinduised
-race on the eastern border of Bengal. Closely
-akin to the lower forms of Hinduism, and often subtly
-blending with them, are many Animistic religions,
-most of them professed by aboriginal tribes, speaking
-one or other of the aboriginal languages.</p>
-
-<p>Islam and Christianity are, of course, imported and
-proselytising religions, and yield few if any clues to
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">{9}</a></span>
-racial or social origins. Many Muhammadans profess
-to be, and not a few are, of authentic foreign origin.
-But during the seven hundred years of Muslim rule
-in India, there was much intermarriage with native
-races, and even more conversion. It is curious that,
-as in the case of Christianity, the conversions have
-been mostly among tribes and classes of the humbler
-sort. These were not denied admission into Hinduism,
-but they were only admitted on terms of social and
-racial degradation. Islam and Christianity alike claim
-to overlook the accidents of birth and status, and
-hence attract those to whom Hinduism only offered a
-place among the lowest ranks of its social hierarchy.
-But even in the case of the religions of Christ and
-Muhammad, the inveterate Indian tendency to recognise
-and insist on breed and social status has asserted
-itself again and again. Among Muhammadans, the
-Arabic tribal names have come to be the designations
-of social units which differ but little from the
-endogamous castes of Hinduism, and the same tendency
-is already evident among Christian converts.
-There is a marked reluctance in some quarters among
-ex-Hindus to intermarry with ex-Muslims, or even to
-participate in sacramental Communion with them.</p>
-
-<p>As with caste, so with religion, the divisions are
-not strictly horizontal. As Christianity is not one
-thing all over Europe, but has differences of creed,
-ritual, and practice corresponding to racial differences,
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">{10}</a></span>
-so the Hinduism, and even the Muhammadanism, of
-different provinces varies. There is no sharp boundary;
-there are elements in common wherever we go.
-But just as Dravidian temple architecture can be
-easily distinguished, even by the unpractised eye,
-from that of the edifices of the Gangetic plains, so
-local peculiarities of belief or ritual may come to the
-aid of the anthropologist, and may suggest or confirm
-distinctions more easily verified and more capable of
-scientific proof.</p>
-
-<p>The study of all these matters is not without a
-practical and administrative interest at the present
-time. A hundred and fifty years ago, to the racial,
-tribal, and caste differences, accompanied by differences
-of language and religion, were added political
-divisions, accentuated by frequent dynastic or predatory
-wars. British rule has introduced two powerful
-unifying influences. Our system of administration,
-while it is adapted more or less effectively (more in
-some cases, less in others, according to the talent and
-character of local officers) to local precedents and
-local needs, is moulded by the great supervising
-and consolidating authority of the Governor-General
-in Council.</p>
-
-<p>Secondly, higher education in India is conducted
-for the most part in English, and educated India,
-rapidly growing in numbers, has English for its
-second language, and is modifying local beliefs,
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">{11}</a></span>
-usages, aspirations, patriotisms in accordance with
-ideas more or less consciously assimilated from European
-teachers and models. No one can deny that
-this new unity of India is the direct result of centralised
-British rule. In the far distance of time, all or
-nearly all India would, for a while, accept the domination
-of some Hindu ruler or dynasty. Under the
-Muhammadans, similarly, there were times when the
-Emperor at Delhi was the ruler of all or nearly all
-India. Under British rule, a much wider and more
-populous India, ranging from Baluchistan to Burma,
-and only excepting the semi-independent states which
-have been allowed to retain sovereign powers, is really
-and for the first time part of the greatest administration
-on earth except that of China, if we look to
-numbers. It is a result, as the history of British India
-shows, for which we cannot claim the whole credit.
-The direction of the great work of unification has
-been in British hands; it has chiefly been carried
-out by indigenous agency, and, in matters of detail,
-in deference to Indian ideas and Indian suggestions.
-Even fifty years ago, few Indians supposed that the
-wide Empire of India could be governed save under
-British guidance, or without the aid of British bayonets.
-The old habitual forces of disruption were too obvious;
-the distrust of one race for another was still too
-keenly felt to allow Indian politicians to imagine
-a united India under indigenous rule. But as the
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">{12}</a></span>
-educated classes grow in power, in numbers, in self-reliance,
-and reliance on one another; as some of
-them are promoted to posts of higher trust and
-authority in India, and even in England, it is perhaps
-only natural that Indians should suppose that, so far
-as politics and administration are concerned, the old
-divisions and dissensions are obsolete, and that united
-India can in future be governed by native agency.
-That is not a matter with which ethnology has anything
-to do. It is the ethnologist's business merely
-to record impartially what racial, tribal, social, and
-religious differences still survive, and, if he can, to
-show how far they have been, and are being, obliterated
-by the spread of education, and by growing
-self-confidence and ambition among educated Indians.
-Whether the information the ethnologist collects can
-be put to any administrative use does not concern
-him, nor does he desire that his impartiality shall be
-affected by these considerations. But, in a little book
-of this kind it may not be amiss to point out that one
-result of British rule has been the growth of a new
-type of Indian, the educated Indian; who, whether he
-be Hindu or Muhammadan or Buddhist, is at least
-inclined to subordinate the old hereditary divisions
-to common political ambitions. These ambitions
-affect the fortunes and the future of some three
-hundred millions of humbler Indians, at present only
-linked by the accident of common British rule, and,
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">{13}</a></span>
-so far as they are Hindus, by a common Hindu
-sentiment.</p>
-
-<div class="section"></div>
-
-<div class="image-center" style="max-width: 369px;">
- <img src="images/pl-1.jpg" width="369" height="600" alt=""/>
- <div class="caption">
- <p><i>Plate I</i></p>
- <p>Mahābrāhmans<br />
- (<i>Mirzapur district</i>)</p>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<p>In the following chapters, it will be my business
-to tell, as briefly and clearly as possible, of (1) the
-Ethnology and Castes of the Indian Peoples; (2) the
-Languages of India; (3) the Religions of India. I hope
-what I have already said will sufficiently show why
-these three subjects are treated in this order.</p>
-
- <h2>CHAPTER I<br />
- <small>RACE AND CASTE</small></h2>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">Curiously</span> enough, the systematic enquiry into
-the physical race-characteristics of the Indian peoples
-was due to a daring assertion by Mr Nesfield, of the
-Indian Educational Service, to the effect that, so far
-as physical signs go, there is practically only one
-Indian race and one Indian caste. This was a hasty
-but quite natural generalisation from experience of
-a part of India, the United Provinces, which is in the
-heart of the Aryan settlement in the Gangetic <i>do-āb</i>
-(the area between "two rivers"). Here caste has
-long been a settled institution, and innumerable sub-castes,
-professional or the result of outcasting, have
-come into existence. Mr Nesfield was driven by his
-local observations to assert the unity of one great
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">{14}</a></span>
-Indian race; he denied the truth of "the modern
-doctrine which divides the population of India into
-Aryan and aboriginal": he sturdily declared that it
-was impossible to distinguish a scavenger from a
-Brāhman, save by costume and other artificial and
-accidental marks. Even in the United Provinces
-this uncompromising statement awoke dissent. In
-other parts of India, as, for instance, on the north-eastern
-frontier, the crowded home of many races
-and languages, dissent was eager and loud. It was
-evident, on the face of it, that Mr Nesfield's new
-dogma was based on too limited a study. Caste, for
-him, was a mere matter of hereditary function and
-profession; since most castes in the sacred "midland"
-of Hinduism have assumed that guise. There is no
-reason to suppose that castes have usually or even
-often been formed as professional guilds. They come
-into being for many reasons, some of which will be
-presently stated; and in civilised communities, where
-the division of labour and specialisation of professional
-skill are well established, a caste gradually
-assumes some distinctive means of livelihood. But
-on the borders of Hinduism, where the Hindu social
-system is still assimilating new races, instances abound
-of racial castes, tribal castes, perhaps even (though
-this is a more doubtful matter) totemistic castes.</p>
-
-<p>Those who had the widest experience of the
-Peninsula were convinced that its races were at
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">{15}</a></span>
-least as varied as those of Europe: those who, like
-Mr Nesfield, had made a close study of one limited
-tract, might have continued to believe that under the
-superficial distinctions of caste and class lay a real
-unity of race. But Mr (afterwards Sir H. H.) Risley
-had spent the early years of his Indian service among
-the Dravidian tribes of Chota Nagpore, and was
-aware that they differ more widely from the people
-Mr Nesfield had studied than an Englishman differs
-from a Turk. The difference, indeed, was almost as
-great as that between a European and a Chinaman.
-Could such differences be registered and described
-in such a way as to convince minds accustomed to
-scientific accuracy in statement? Mr Risley thought
-he saw his way to an ethnological classification of
-Indian races and castes by means of the then comparatively
-new methods of anthropometry. In 1891,
-he published in the <i>Journal of the Anthropological
-Institute</i> a paper which marked the beginning of
-systematic ethnological studies in India. It contained
-a summary of the measurements of eighty-nine
-castes and tribes of Bengal, the United Provinces,
-and Bihār. It dealt, therefore, with the great
-alluvial plain, created by the Ganges and Indus,
-which lies between the Himalayas and the <i>massif
-central</i> of the Deccan. Here is the home of the
-Aryan immigrants, where the great Indo-European
-languages are spoken by communities as numerous
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">{16}</a></span>
-as the larger European nations. Anthropometry
-showed in the plainest, the most incontrovertible
-way, that the caste system of marriages had sorted
-out men into classes possessing definite and recognisable
-physical characteristics. There were local
-differences, and caste differences. It only remained
-to extend anthropometrical measurements to other
-parts of India to prove that the many languages and
-religious beliefs of India are associated with an even
-greater variety of physical qualities. Such enquiries
-are still in progress, but many notable results have
-already been obtained, especially by Mr Edgar
-Thurston, in his now famous investigations into
-Dravidian ethnography.</p>
-
-<p>The most important and significant measurement
-is that of the shape of the head. It is, of course,
-impossible to take a man at random and to say with
-certainty that the excessive length or breadth of his
-skull proves him to belong to a given race. But the
-average skull-measurements of a race are distinctive,
-and confirm, on the whole, the impressions created
-by general aspect, colour, language and other vaguer
-indications. The general result is as follows. At
-either end of the Himalayan range, in Baluchistan
-on the west, and in Assam and Burma on the east,
-broad heads prevail. Broad too are the heads of the
-mostly Mongolian races inhabiting the valleys of the
-southern slopes of the Himalayas, and in a belt of
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">{17}</a></span>
-country running down the western coast at least as
-far south as Coorg. In the Panjāb, Rājputānā, and
-the United Provinces, tracts where the climate is dry
-and healthy, where great summer heat is compensated
-for by a bracing winter, where wheat is for the most
-part the staple food, long heads predominate. In
-Bihār, travelling eastwards, medium heads are most
-common. In the damp and steamy delta of Bengal,
-inhabited by over forty millions of rather dusky rice-eating
-people, there is a marked tendency towards
-the Mongolian brachy-cephaly of Tibeto-Burman
-races. It is visible among the Muhammadans and
-Chandāls of Eastern Bengal, people who are probably
-indigenous in this tract, it is more marked among the
-Kāyasthas, the writer-caste of Bengal, which claims
-a western and Aryan origin. It reaches its maximum
-development among the Bengali Brāhmans. South
-of the Vindhya mountains, where the population is
-chiefly Dravidian, with a comparatively small and
-ancient mixture of northern blood, the prevalent
-type is mainly long-headed or medium-headed. The
-coast-population has been much affected by foreign
-influences. On the east coast Malayan, Indo-Chinese
-and even Portuguese settlers have altered the local
-type. On the west coast, Arab, Persian, African,
-European, and Jewish immigrants have mingled with
-local races, and have changed their physiognomy,
-stature, and character of mind and body.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">{18}</a></span>
-It is still a moot point, which the Mendelists may
-some day settle for us, whether head-form is a true
-hereditary race-characteristic, whether the osseous
-structure of the body generally is not a result of
-climate, food and other such circumstances of environment.
-Yet the shape of the head as shown by
-average measurements does mark off races of men
-which are separated by other differences than those
-of habitat. They do correspond to those vaguer yet
-unmistakeable characteristics which enable us to tell
-one race from another. The Mongolian, even when
-he settles in the plains of Assam, Bengal, or Burma
-and takes to a diet of rice and fish, keeps his round
-head and his smooth hairless face. The Aryan of the
-north-west has a markedly long head, which, in his
-case, goes with a fair complexion and luxuriant
-beard. The Dravidian, darkest of Indian races, with
-a tendency to crinkly or curly hair, has also a long or
-medium head. The mixed races of Bengal have, it
-is not surprising to find, medium heads, which tend
-in the upper castes to become broad.</p>
-
-<p>Another significant index to race is the measurement
-of the nose. The results of nose-measurements
-roughly divide the peoples of India into three classes&mdash;those
-having narrow or fine noses (leptorrhine), in
-which the width is less than 70 per cent. of the height;
-those having medium noses (mesorrhine), with an
-average index of from 70 to 85; and broad-nosed
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">{19}</a></span>
-(platyrrhine) people, the width of whose noses exceed
-85 per cent. Here we get a physical means of distinguishing
-between the long-headed people of north-western
-India, fair and stalwart, and the almost
-equally long-headed dusky folk of the south. For
-the average nose of southern India, in Madras, the
-Central Provinces, and Chota Nagpore, is broad. In
-the Panjāb and Baluchistan we get fine noses of what,
-to us Europeans, seems an aristocratic type. In
-Afghanistan, noses are so long and hooked as to give
-the tall and vigorous Afghan a Jewish aspect. In the
-rest of India, and especially down the west coast,
-noses are of medium type. A still more interesting
-discovery is the fact that anywhere outside the Aryan
-tracts of the north-west, the broad nose is a distinct
-sign of aboriginal blood. In Bengal, for instance, the
-lower castes have broad noses. The priestly and
-writer castes, for all their broad heads, have fine
-noses, which support their claim to a western origin.
-Roughly speaking, the broad nose goes with primitive
-forms of social organisation, with totemistic exogamous
-clans. Finer noses are usually associated with
-communities of a more modern type; and above these
-again come social units, castes and tribes, which claim
-descent from eponymous saints and heroes.</p>
-
-<p>A third physical measurement enables us to effect
-a further sorting out of Indian races. What is called
-the "flatness" of the Mongolian face is plain to the
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">{20}</a></span>
-most careless observer. This is due chiefly to the
-formation of the cheekbone, and its relation to the
-socket of the eye and the root of the nose. This can
-be measured and expressed in figures, with the result
-that the Mongoloid people of the north-east and
-the Himalayan region can be definitely distinguished
-from the broad-headed races of Baluchistan, Bombay,
-and Coorg.</p>
-
-<p>Finally, it is possible to arrive at the average
-stature of various Indian races and communities.
-The tallest races are found in the north-west, in
-Baluchistan, the Panjāb and Rājputānā. A progressive
-diminution is seen as we go down the valley
-of the Ganges, until we find very short folk among
-the Assam hill tribes. The Dravidians of the south
-are shorter than the Aryans of the north. The
-smallest Indian tribe is that of the Negritos of the
-Andaman Islands, whose average height is only 4 feet
-10½ inches.</p>
-
-<p>From a careful comparison of these measurements,
-Sir Herbert Risley arrived at the classification of
-Indian humanity, which, for the moment, is the
-accepted division, into seven main physical types.
-Beginning with the north-western frontier, these are
-as follows:&mdash;</p>
-
-<p>(1) The <i>Turko-Iranian</i> type, which comprises
-the Baloches, Brāhuis and Afghans of Baluchistan
-and the north-west Frontier Province. These are
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">{21}</a></span>
-probably the result of a fusion of Turkī and Persian
-blood, and are all Muhammadans. The general aspect
-is wholly different from that of other Indian races,
-and no one who has ever seen an Afghan or Baloch,
-with his long Jewish nose and plentiful hair and
-beard, can ever confuse this type with any other.
-In temperament also these men of the border differ
-from other Indians. They are a fierce and warlike
-race, engaged in constant blood-feuds with one another.</p>
-
-<p>(2) The <i>Indo-Aryan</i> type, with its home in the
-Panjāb, Rājputānā and Kashmir, has as its most
-conspicuous members the Rājputs, Khattris and Jāts.
-These, in all but colour (and even in colour they are
-hardly more dusky than the races round the Mediterranean)
-closely resemble the well-bred European in
-type. In stature they are tall, their complexion is
-fair; "eyes dark; hair on face plentiful; head long;
-nose narrow and prominent, but not specially long."
-One significant peculiarity of this group is that there
-is little difference in physical character between the
-upper and lower classes. This, as we shall presently
-see, is what we should expect from what is known of
-the history of these peoples. The upper social ranks
-probably represent the blood, but little diluted with
-indigenous mixture, of the Aryan immigrants. Even
-in the lower classes, the typical Aryan characteristics
-are now so prominent that any indigenous strain that
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">{22}</a></span>
-exists is no longer noticeable in average measurements.
-Only in height, a quality especially sensitive
-to differences of food and sanitation, are the lower
-castes inferior. Here we get a remarkable modern
-instance of transformation of type. The preaching
-of the Sikh reformers, involving a change of food
-and the inculcation of martial discipline and fervour,
-has converted the despised scavenging Chuhrā into
-the soldierly Mazhabi, once a redoubtable foe of the
-English, and now one of the finest soldiers in the
-British army.</p>
-
-<p>(3) The <i>Scytho-Dravidian</i> type, including the
-Marāthā Brāhmans, the Kunbīs, and the Coorgs of
-western India. These peoples differ from the Turko-Iranian
-races in being shorter, in having longer heads,
-higher noses, and flatter faces.</p>
-
-<p>(4) The <i>Aryo-Dravidian</i> or Hindostāni type,
-which exists in the United Provinces, in parts of
-Rājputānā, and in Bihār. This type appears to be
-due to a mixture of Indo-Aryan and Dravidian
-strains. The higher classes resemble Indo-Aryans,
-the lower have a distinctly Dravidian aspect. Yet,
-even to the eye, they form a type apart and are easily
-recognised. In this type, the average nose-index
-corresponds exactly to social status. The noses grow
-broader as we go downwards in the social scale.</p>
-
-<p>(5) The very interesting <i>Mongolo-Dravidian</i> or
-<i>Bengali</i> type which is found in Bengal and Orissa.
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">{23}</a></span>
-Here Aryan influences may still be detected in the
-upper classes, but there has been extensive mingling
-with Tibeto-Burman and Dravidian peoples, and other
-aboriginal inhabitants. The main distinguishing
-feature is the broad head, which is most conspicuous
-in the upper classes. It is shared equally by the
-Bengali Brāhman, who claims a western origin, and
-the Chittagong Mag, whose Tibeto-Burman origin
-is not denied. The Brāhman, on the other hand,
-inherits a fine and narrow nose, which may very well
-be due to Indo-Aryan ancestry. Recent investigations
-tend to show that Buddhism survived till a
-comparatively recent date in Bengal. Hence, no
-doubt, a temporary disregard of caste restrictions
-and a freer mixture with local strains.</p>
-
-<p>(6) The <i>Mongoloid</i> type of the Himalayas, Nepāl,
-Assam, and Burma. "The head is broad: complexion
-dark, with a yellowish tinge; hair on face scanty;
-stature short or below average; nose fine to broad;
-face characteristically flat; eyelids often oblique."
-Here we have races which, if somewhat dark, correspond
-to the ideas most of us entertain about the
-external aspect and temperament of the Siamese or
-Japanese. In intellectual ability, and what we may
-call the artistic faculty, they are inferior to the
-Bengali. Most Europeans, however (or is it, therefore?)
-find them among the most congenial of Indian
-races. They are social, good-natured, straightforward
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">{24}</a></span>
-people. In the western Himalayas, there has been
-intermixture with Aryan invaders, as in the Kangra
-Valley and Nepāl, and the ruling dynasties claim
-Rājput origin, for the Indo-Aryans loved to settle
-in the cool hills, much as the Anglo-Indian does to
-this day. But on the mountainous frontiers of North-East
-Bengal and Assam, the Mongoloid peoples have
-remained undisturbed till our own time. Linguistically,
-this group is peculiarly interesting, since they
-speak many tongues, many of which still remain to
-be recorded and studied by European scholars.</p>
-
-<p>(7) The <i>Dravidian</i> type, which extends from
-Ceylon to the valley of the Ganges and covers all
-South-Eastern India. It is found in Madras, Hyderabad,
-the Central Provinces, most of Central India,
-and Chota Nagpore. Its purest representatives dwell
-on the Malabar coast and in Chota Nagpore. Here
-we have probably the original inhabitants of India,
-now modified in some degree by an infiltration of
-Aryan, Scythian and Mongoloid elements. "The
-stature is short or below mean; the complexion very
-dark, approaching black; hair plentiful, with an
-occasional tendency to curl; eyes dark; head long;
-nose very broad, sometimes depressed at the root,
-but not so as to make the face appear flat."</p>
-
-<div class="section"></div>
-
-<div class="image-center" style="max-width: 383px;">
- <img src="images/pl-2.jpg" width="383" height="600" alt=""/>
- <div class="caption">
- <p><i>Plate II</i></p>
- <p>Kāyasthas&mdash;the writer caste<br />
- (<i>Mirzapur district</i>)</p>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<p>It must, of course, be understood, that these types
-and the names allotted to them merely show that in
-certain areas the average characteristics of the peoples
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">{25}</a></span>
-dwelling there can be sufficiently separated to be
-recognisable not only by eye but by the callipers of
-the anthropologist. The names, it will be noticed,
-in some cases, imply theories as to the origin of the
-races thus grouped together. These theories are
-partly based on measurements, partly on tradition,
-partly on linguistic considerations. It remains for
-me to state, very rapidly, what these theories are.</p>
-
-<p>That the Dravidians are the oldest race in India
-is rendered <i>primâ facie</i> probable by the fact that
-they inhabit the southernmost part of the peninsula,
-between races who can with some certainty be called
-invaders&mdash;and the deep sea. There is a remarkable
-uniformity of physical characteristics among the lower
-specimens of this type. They have in common an
-animistic religion, their distinctive language, their
-peculiar stone monuments, and a primitive system
-of totemism. They do not resemble Europeans on
-the one hand, or the races of the Far East on the
-other. Until proof to the contrary is forthcoming
-they may well be regarded as the autochthones of
-India.</p>
-
-<p>There is more room for difference of opinion as to
-the origins of the brilliant and highly civilised Indo-Aryans
-of the Panjāb and Rājputānā. As I have said
-before, we have here a population closely resembling
-that of modern Europe in many respects. I might
-have added that it still more closely resembles the
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">{26}</a></span>
-Europe of the Roman empire. Nowhere else in
-Hindu India does caste sit so lightly, or approach
-so nearly to the social classes of Europe. Though
-there are rules, or rather customs, forbidding intermarriage
-between different castes, yet these are
-mitigated by the custom, not unknown to ourselves,
-of <i>hypergamy</i>. This simply means that a man may
-take a wife from a lower caste, but will not give his
-daughters to men of that caste. The result is a
-uniformity of physical type found nowhere else in
-India. Moreover these people speak a language of
-the Indo-European family, and have many words and
-idioms in common with ourselves. The present theory
-of their origin is simply that they are in the bulk
-immigrants into India, immigrants who came into
-the land from the north-west with their herds and
-families, as the Jews entered into and possessed
-Palestine.</p>
-
-<p>One chief objection to this theory is that the
-lands through which they must have passed are in
-no way fitted to be an <i>officina gentium</i>, being now
-dry, barren, and all but deserted. But abundant
-indications remain to show that the climate of South-Eastern
-Persia and the tracts to the north has
-changed within comparatively recent times. The
-relics of crowded populations and ancient civilisations
-abound in regions now sandy desert, and there
-is evidence in the tales told by Greek and Chinese
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">{27}</a></span>
-travellers that the Panjāb itself, most of it comparatively
-arid, was once well wooded. The theory
-then is that the homogeneous and handsome population
-of the Panjāb and Rājputānā represents the
-almost pure descendants of Aryan settlers, who
-carried the Indo-European languages now prevailing
-over Northern India, just as our own emigrants took
-the English language to America.</p>
-
-<p>But we have also to account for the Aryo-Dravidians
-who inhabit the sacred "midland" country
-of Hinduism, and here we have Dr Hoernle's now
-famous theory, remarkably confirmed by the researches
-of Sir George Grierson's <i>Linguistic Survey</i>.
-This theory supposes that a second swarm of Aryan-speaking
-people, perhaps driven forward by the
-change of climate in central Asia, entered India
-through the high and difficult passes of Gilgit and
-Chitral, and established themselves in the fertile
-plains between the Ganges and the Jumna. They
-followed a route which made it impossible for their
-women to accompany them. They took to themselves
-wives from the daughters of dusky Dravidian aborigines.
-Here, by contact with a different, and in
-their sentiment, inferior race, caste came into being.
-Here most of the Vedic hymns were composed. Here,
-by a blending of imported and indigenous religious
-ideals, the ritual and usages of Hindu religion came
-into being, to spread in altered forms east and west
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">{28}</a></span>
-and south. The necessity for this second hypothesis is
-twofold. It accounts for the marked ethnical barrier
-which separates western from eastern Hindustan.
-Elsewhere the various types melt imperceptibly into
-one another. Here alone is a definite racial border
-line. Again, the theory accounts for the fact that
-the Vedic hymns contain no description whatever of
-the earlier Aryan migration, and for the fact that the
-inhabitants of the middle land always felt a dislike
-for the early immigrants as men of low culture and
-barbarous manners. For the present, at all events,
-and perhaps for all time, Dr Hoernle's ingenious
-theory holds the field.</p>
-
-<p>No special theory is required to account for the
-physical and mental qualities of the Mongolo-Dravidians
-of Bengal. No doubt the original population
-was Dravidian with a strong intermixture of Tibeto-Burmese
-blood, especially in the east and north-east.
-But the Hindu religion, developed in the sacred
-Midlands round Benares, spread to Bengal, bringing
-with it the Indo-European speech which in medieval
-times became the copious and supple Bengali tongue.
-From the west too came what we in Europe would
-call the gentry, the priestly and professional castes.
-These have acquired most of the local physical
-characters, dusky skin, low stature, round heads.
-But in nearly all cases, the fineness and sharp outline
-of the nose shows their aristocratic origin, and in
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">{29}</a></span>
-some instances a Bengali Brāhman has all the physical
-distinction of a western priest or sage.</p>
-
-<p>When we turn to the Scytho-Dravidian group we
-have again to fall back on records of ancient invasions
-from the north. Ancient some of them were, but far
-less ancient than the settlement of the Aryans in the
-north-west. The Sakas have provided India with
-one of its many chronological eras; they founded
-dynasties which have left coins behind them, they
-have left vague but widely spread traditions. They
-were what we Europeans call Scythians. They were
-known to the Persians, the Parthians, and the Chinese.
-Their original home seems to have been in the south
-of China, a land of pre-eminently round-headed races.
-We know that they established their dominion over
-portions of the Panjāb, Sind, Gujarāt, Rājputānā and
-Central India. If they have left traces of their
-settlement on their descendants we may reasonably
-expect to find round-headed races and tribes in
-regions mostly surrounded by long-headed peoples.
-Such a zone of broad-headed people does in fact
-extend from the western Panjāb right through the
-Deccan, till it finally ends in Coorg. Sir H. H.
-Risley's theory is that the Scythians first occupied
-the great grazing country of the western Panjāb, and
-finding their progress eastwards blocked by the Indo-Aryans,
-turned southwards, mingled with the Dravidians,
-and became the ancestors of the warlike
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">{30}</a></span>
-Marātha race. Such an origin forms a tempting
-explanation of the well-known predatory habits of
-the Marātha hordes, and of their frequent raids all
-over the peninsula under the decaying administration
-of the later Mogul Emperors. It is an interesting
-and fascinating speculation, since it accounts not
-only for the physical aspect of the Marāthas but
-for their characteristic political genius, for their
-wide-ranging forays, their guerilla warfare, their unscrupulous
-dealings, their inveterate love of intrigue,
-their clannish habits.</p>
-
-<p>I must here boldly borrow Sir H. H. Risley's
-summary of the historical record of Scythian invasions
-into India, since that is the main justification
-for his theory. "In the time of the Achaemenian
-kings of Persia," he says, "the Scythians, who were
-known to the Chinese as Sse, occupied the regions
-lying between the lower course of the Sillis or
-Jaxartes and Lake Balkash. The fragments of early
-Scythian history which may be collected from classical
-writers are supplemented by the Chinese annals,
-which tell us how the Sse, originally located in
-southern China, occupied Sogdiana and Trans-oxiana
-at the time of the establishment of the Graeco-Bactrian
-monarchy. Dislodged from these regions
-by the Yueh-chi, who had themselves been put to
-flight by the Huns, the Sse invaded Bactriana, an
-enterprise in which they were frequently allied with
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">{31}</a></span>
-the Parthians. To this circumstance, Ujfalvy says
-may be due the resemblance which exists between
-the Scythian coins of India and those of the Parthian
-kings. At a later period, the Yueh-chi made a further
-advance, and drove the Sse or Sakas out of Bactriana,
-whereupon the latter crossed the Paropamisus and
-took possession of the country called after them
-Sakastān, comprising Segistān, Arachosia, and Drangiana.
-But they were left in possession only for a
-hundred years, for about 25 <small>B.C.</small> the Yueh-chi disturbed
-them afresh. A body of Scythians then
-emigrated eastwards, and founded a kingdom in the
-western portion of the Panjāb. The route they
-followed in their advance upon India is uncertain;
-but to a people of their habits it would seem that a
-march through Baluchistan would have presented no
-serious difficulties.</p>
-
-<p>"The Yueh-chi, afterwards known as the Tokhari,
-were a power in Central Asia and the north-west of
-India for more than five centuries, from 130 <small>B.C.</small> The
-Hindus called them Sakas and Turushkas, but their
-kings seem to have known no other dynastic title
-than that of Kushan. The Chinese annals tell us
-how Kitolo, chief of the Little Kushans, whose name
-is identified with the Kidara of the coins, giving way
-before the incursion of the Ephthalites, crossed the
-Paropamisus, and founded, in the year 425 of our
-era, the kingdom of Gandhāra, of which, in the time
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">{32}</a></span>
-of his son, Peshawar became the capital. About
-the same time, the Ephthalites or Ye-tha-i-li-to of
-the Chinese annals, driven out of their territory by the
-Yuan-yuan, started westward, and overran in succession
-Sogdiana, Khwarizan (Khiva), Bactriana, and
-finally the north-west portion of India. Their movements
-reached India in the reign of Skanda Gupta
-(452-80) and brought about the disruption of the
-Gupta empire. The Ephthalites were known in India
-as Huns. The leader of the invasion of India, who
-succeeded in snatching Gandhāra from the Kushans
-and established his capital at Sākala, is called by the
-Chinese Laelih, and inscriptions enable us to identify
-him with the original Lakhan Udayāditya of the
-coins. His son Toramāna (490-515) took possession
-of Gujarāt, Rājputānā, and part of the Ganges valley,
-and in this way the Huns acquired a portion of
-the ancient Gupta kingdom. Toramāna's successor,
-Mihirakula (515-44), eventually succumbed to the
-combined attack of the Hindu princes of Mālwā and
-Magadha."</p>
-
-<p>I now come to the ethnography as distinguished
-from the ethnology of India. Of anthropometry and
-the lessons to be learnt from it, I have no personal
-experience, and have had to borrow my materials at
-second-hand. But with the great system of caste, its
-workings, its manifold ramifications, everyone who
-has lived in India has come into more or less close
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">{33}</a></span>
-contact. How important caste is in the social life
-of the country may be easily inferred from this little
-fact. I once asked the late Navin Chandra Sen, then
-the most popular of Bengali poets, if he would attempt
-a definition of what a Hindu is. After many suggestions,
-all of which had to be abandoned on closer
-examination, the poet came to the conclusion that a
-Hindu is (1) one who is born in India of Indian
-parents on both sides, and (2) accepts and obeys the
-rules of caste. Hinduism is, roughly speaking, the
-religion of the Aryo-Dravidians, the upper and fairer
-classes among whom regarded the aborigines, matrimonially,
-much as white Americans regard their negro
-fellow citizens. It has spread over nearly the whole
-of India and is still spreading, usually but not always,
-carrying with it one of the Indo-European languages
-of India. It is the religion and social system of races
-and classes which consider themselves intrinsically
-superior, and practise a traditional kind of eugenics,
-of race preservation. Humbler or more barbarous
-races are admitted on various conditions into caste,
-sometimes into higher, sometimes into lower positions.
-The process is one of that kind of "legal fiction"
-with which students of Roman law are familiar. It
-is a process of unification and, at the same time, of
-social segregation. I have already alluded to the
-suggestion that caste-divisions are horizontal, as it
-were, compared with the geographical divisions of
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">{34}</a></span>
-races. But it is always dangerous to make general
-statements about three hundred millions of people
-scattered over so large an area as India. There are
-Brāhmans in every part of India, and these usually
-trace their origin back to the sacred midland where
-Hinduism came into being. They may be, and probably
-are, the descendants of the missionaries by
-whom the religion of the Hindus is, imperceptibly
-and without open proselytism, spread abroad. Something
-corresponding to a warrior caste and a caste of
-scribes is to be found in most provinces, and many
-of these either claim to be migrants, or have been
-admitted by adoption into the privileges of warrior
-or writer blood.</p>
-
-<p>But there are many castes which are purely local,
-even in name, and are not found elsewhere than in
-the places where they were admitted into the Hindu
-community. Many closely printed pages in the
-Census Reports of each province and state enumerate
-and describe the thousands of castes revealed by the
-numbering of the people. It is, of course, only
-possible to give a very vague and general idea of
-some of the classes into which the castes of India
-may conveniently be divided.</p>
-
-<p>I am tempted here to borrow Sir Herbert Risley's
-definition of caste. But it is a highly abstract definition,
-and one that cannot be easily carried in the
-head, even by those who have a practical and familiar
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">{35}</a></span>
-acquaintance with members of Indian castes. Roughly
-a caste is a group of human beings who may not
-intermarry, or (usually) eat, with members of any
-other caste. There are also sub-castes which are
-also endogamous. Very frequently, especially in the
-parts of India where caste is already an institution
-of immemorial antiquity, a caste has allotted to it a
-profession or occupation.</p>
-
-<p>Before we discuss castes properly so called, it is
-convenient to speak of the tribes of India, since tribes
-have a tendency to become castes when they come
-under the pervasive influence of Hindu social ideas.
-In the south of India are Dravidian tribes, of which
-the best example are the tribes of Chota Nagpore.
-These are divided into a number of exogamous
-groups or clans, calling themselves by the name of
-an animal or plant, which may be regarded as their
-totem. The Khonds of Orissa, who once bore an evil
-name for their practice of human sacrifices to propitiate
-the earth-goddess, are divided into fifty <i>gochis</i>
-or exogamous clans, each of which bears the name of
-a village, and believes itself to be descended from a
-common ancestor. These <i>gochis</i> are the nearest
-known approach to the local exogamous tribe which
-Mr McLennan and the French sociologists believe to
-be the earliest form of human society.</p>
-
-<p>The Mongoloid tribes of Assam are much of
-the same kind, but in many cases, as among the
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">{36}</a></span>
-head-hunting Nagas, live at perpetual warfare with
-one another. In such cases they usually capture their
-wives in war. It is interesting to note that when
-population grows too dense for the profitable pursuit
-of the chase, their principal means of livelihood, such
-a tribe breaks up into two or more "villages," which
-immediately begin waging war with one another,
-which is quite what a French sociologist would expect
-them to do. I can tell of a case within my own
-experience in which the headman of a parent village
-invited the chief of a colony village (his own nephew)
-to a feast and palaver with his young warriors. The
-guests were all treacherously put to the sword, as a
-means of acquiring heads and concubines. I could
-not get the headman to see that he had been guilty
-of an atrocious crime. For him, it was lawful strategy.
-And indeed Naga warfare is merely a series of artfully
-planned ambushes in which not a few of our own
-officers perished before we undertook the direct
-administration of the Naga Hills. Sir H. Risley
-remarks of this group of tribes that "no very clear
-traces of totemism have been discovered among them."
-Subsequent enquiries, however, show that totemistic
-clans do exist in some of the Assam tribes.</p>
-
-<div class="section"></div>
-
-<div class="image-center" style="max-width: 365px;">
- <img src="images/pl-3.jpg" width="365" height="600" alt=""/>
- <div class="caption">
- <p><i>Plate III</i></p>
- <p>Dharkārs<br />
- (<i>Mirzapur district</i>)</p>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<p>Of the Turko-Iranian tribes of the north-western
-frontier I need not speak at any length, since these
-tribes are all sturdy followers of the Prophet, and
-save that they are under British rule can hardly be
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">{37}</a></span>
-said to belong to India at all. There is no likelihood
-that they will ever be received into the tolerant bosom
-of Hinduism, since, to the Indian proper, the Baloch and
-the Afghan are disagreeable and swaggering caterans,
-who have an innate scorn for the typical Hindu hierarchy
-of caste. Among these tribes it is martial ability
-and valour that win a man consideration and wives.</p>
-
-<p>Let us now turn to caste properly so called, the
-traditional social divisions of the Hindus. And first it is
-necessary to say something of the ancient Hindu theory
-of what caste is, and how it came into existence.</p>
-
-<p>As with the Hebrews, the religious literature of
-India contains a vast mass of what can only be called
-law, and perhaps, the most famous of Indian law books
-is the Institutes of Manu, a compilation of rules
-relating to magic, religion, law, custom, ritual and
-metaphysics. Even to this day, these branches of
-speculation and enquiry, so distinct to western imaginations,
-are apt to be confused together as a result of
-the pantheistic feeling which pervades Hinduism.
-The Institutes is a comparatively modern book, but
-it repeats ideas which are found in a more or less
-explicit form in early authorities<span
-class="fnanchor"><a name="Ref_1" id="Ref_1" href="#Foot_1">[1]</a></span>.
-In this book we are told that in the beginning of things the Pan-theos
-who "contains all created things and is inconceivable"
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">{38}</a></span>
-produced by effort of thought a golden egg, from
-which he himself was born as Brahmā, the creator of
-the known universe. From his mouth, his arms,
-his thighs, and his feet respectively he created the
-four great leading castes, the Brāhman, the Kshatriya,
-the Vaiçya, and the Sūdra. These were, briefly, the
-priests, the warriors and gentlefolk, the traders, and
-the servile classes of human society. The other castes
-were gradually formed, the theory states, by intermarriages
-between these. The three higher castes were
-allowed to take wives from lower castes. When the
-caste of the mother was next below that of the father,
-the child took the caste of his mother and no new caste
-was formed. But where the difference of condition
-was greater than this, new castes were formed, lower
-than those of either parent. Some discrepancies of
-rank produced unions which were regarded as peculiarly
-offensive to human feelings and as tantamount
-to incestuous intercourse. These resulted in very
-degraded castes. Where the father married beneath
-him, the marriage was described as <i>anuloma</i> or "with
-the hair." When a woman was guilty of a <i>mésalliance</i>,
-the marriage was called <i>pratiloma</i> or "against
-the hair." The most disgraceful union of this kind
-was that between a Brāhman woman and a Sūdra
-man, the resulting offspring being relegated to the
-caste of Chandāl. The unfortunate Chandāl is described
-as "that lowest of mortals," and is condemned,
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">{39}</a></span>
-as Sir H. Risley says, to live outside the village, to
-clothe himself in the garments of the dead, to eat
-from broken dishes, to execute criminals, and to carry
-out the corpses of friendless men.</p>
-
-<p>The most superficial acquaintance with existing
-caste divisions shows that this theory is not so much
-a hypothesis as a fanciful fiction. In eastern Bengal,
-for instance, the Chandāl is evidently a Mongoloid
-aboriginal, with a considerable strain of Dravidian
-and perhaps even of Aryan blood. Yet the fiction
-shows plainly enough the estimation in which one of
-the numerically largest divisions of local society is
-held. Some thirty years ago, when I was a young
-magistrate, a comely Chandāl girl appeared before
-me, her face streaming with blood from a scalp
-wound. She asserted gravely that a Sūdra of higher
-caste had struck her on the head with a stick, because
-he had found her reading a book as she sat in the
-doorway of her father's cottage. I was disinclined
-to believe this story, but her assailant was promptly
-sent for, and being brought straight to me, admitted
-the truth of the charge, and seemed surprised at my
-indignation at a cowardly assault.</p>
-
-<p>As an attempt to account for the origin and
-explain the nature of caste the theory of Manu is
-obviously a failure. But it contains a picture of the
-early castes. It is also interesting because the idea
-of four original <i>varnas</i> or "colours" of men may have
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">{40}</a></span>
-been borrowed from the old Persian social organisation.
-The early scriptures, the Vedas, show that this
-conception of four original castes was not brought to
-India by Aryan immigrants. But when caste came
-into being as a result of the contact of Aryan settlers
-with Dravidian aborigines, this mythological explanation,
-which gave such conspicuous eminence to
-priests and warriors, an eminence already conceded
-to them on account of the importance of their functions,
-was readily accepted as a convincing explanation
-of the hereditary differences between men in society,
-a difference not merely of function, but of colour,
-aspect, gesture, speech, breeding, and intelligence.
-It is necessary to mention this theory, however briefly,
-since it still holds ground, except among those
-Indians who have had a European education and
-even among them has the interest of early and
-sacred associations which, in Europe, belongs to the
-cosmological speculations of the book of Genesis.</p>
-
-<p>What, next, are castes as they appear to the eye
-of the European ethnologist, free from preconceived
-prejudice, and only anxious to come as near the
-truth as is possible in his dealings with ancient
-institutions round which has gathered a vast mass
-of venerable superstition and religious speculation?
-In the first place, castes are often still recognisably
-<i>tribes</i>. Sometimes the leading men of an aboriginal
-tribe will acquire sufficient wealth and social
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">{41}</a></span>
-consideration to wish to obtain the stamp of recognition
-as reputable Hindus. They will call themselves,
-for example, and induce their neighbours and the
-priests of these to call them, Rājputs. They may not at
-first succeed in intermarrying with true hereditary
-Rājputs, but in time they will be just Rājputs like any
-other Rājputs. Or, again, a number of non-Hindus,
-animists, will join one of the many Hindu sects or fraternities
-and will intermarry with Vaishnavas, Lingayats,
-Rāmayats, or other devotees of some favourite deity.
-Or again, a whole tribe or a considerable portion
-of a tribe, usually one of some political importance,
-will enter Hinduism by means of some plausible
-fiction. The instance quoted by Sir H. Risley is that
-of the Koches of north-eastern Bengal. These people
-are Tibeto-Burmans and until recent times spoke a
-dialect of the agglutinative Bodo language. They
-now call themselves Rājbansis, "of royal birth," or
-Bhāngā Kshatriyas, "broken warriors," names which
-enable them to claim an origin from the traditional
-dispersion of the Aryan warrior caste by the hero
-Parasu Rāma, "Rāma of the battle axe." They
-claim descent from the epic monarch Dasarath, father
-of Rāma, have their own Brāahmins, and have begun
-to adopt the Brāhminical system of exogamous
-<i>gotras</i>. But, as Sir H. Risley remarks, they are in
-a transitional state, since they have all hit upon the
-same <i>gotra</i>, and are therefore compelled to marry
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">{42}</a></span>
-within it, except in the rare instances in which they
-contract unions with Bengali women.</p>
-
-<p>A still more interesting, because more recent,
-instance of this sort is that of the Meithei, now
-known to Hindus as Manipuris. In the Mahābhāarata
-is told the tale of how the hero Arjuna wandered
-from his brethren into Southern and Eastern India,
-and, among other adventures, met (as Æneas with
-Dido) with Chitrangadā, the fair daughter of the
-King of Manipur, somewhere near the eastern coast.
-Some 150 years ago, the then king of the beautiful
-valley of Imphāl, between Assam and Burma, was
-thinking of becoming a Muhammadan, by way of
-courting the favour of the Muhammadan rulers of
-Bengal. But Hindu priests persuaded him that
-a better way of linking his fortunes with those of
-India, rather than with Ava (with whose royal family
-his dynasty had usually intermarried), was by becoming
-Hindu with all his people. Imphāl was
-identified with Manipur, and many of the Meithei
-race became Vishnuvite Hindus with their ruler,
-though they retain their primitive Tibeto-Burman
-language. I may mention a little personal reminiscence
-to show how completely the change by fictitious
-adoption was accepted in Bengal. In 1891, my old
-friend and chief, Mr Quinton, with all his staff, was
-treacherously murdered at Manipur. Subsequently
-when I was magistrate of Chittagong, I found that
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">{43}</a></span>
-my head clerk, an extremely mild and intelligent
-Bengali Kāyastha, had celebrated the easily suppressed
-mutiny at Manipur by writing a drama
-based on the ancient legend of Arjuna's amours
-with Chitrangadā!</p>
-
-<p>Sometimes an aboriginal tribe will become a
-Hindu caste without losing its old tribal designation.
-They will worship Hindu gods without daring wholly
-to neglect tribal deities, which, as might perhaps be
-expected, are left chiefly to the women of the tribe.
-Such a tribe will rapidly assimilate itself to the
-beliefs and practices of Hindu neighbours, and
-finally only its name and (except in case of occasional
-intermarriage with other castes) its physical aspect
-will remain to testify to its origin.</p>
-
-<p>Castes are at present classified as follows:</p>
-
-<p>(1) What Sir H. Risley calls <i>the tribal type</i>,
-instances of which have been given above. Such
-tribal castes abound in all parts of India. It is not
-improbable that the great Sūdra division of Hindu
-tradition was originally the whole mass of Dravidian
-aboriginals as they came into contact with Aryan
-immigrants, and were conceded a subordinate place
-in their social system. It would be useless to give
-a list of the names of such castes, but I cannot
-refrain from mentioning the excellent Doms of the
-Assam Valley, whose name unfortunately associates
-them with very different people in India proper.
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">{44}</a></span>
-They are obviously of Tibeto-Burman origin, and
-deserve closer study than they receive. Their long
-thatched places of worship, true synagogues for
-meeting together and curiously unlike the tiny <i>cellæ</i>
-of Hindu temples, are among the most conspicuous
-features of Assam villages. They have no idols, and
-place a <i>puthi</i>, a holy book, on what may pass for the
-village altar. They are vaguely Hinduised, but will
-humbly declare "<i>āmi hindu na hô</i>," "we are not
-Hindu folk." Yet they are well on their way towards
-acceptance into caste, and have already a strong
-infusion of Hindu blood.</p>
-
-<p>Other border races, though they are still too
-savage and independent to become Hindu, are
-marked down for absorption. Such, for instance,
-are the Daflas of the northern border of Assam,
-cousins of the Abors to whom attention has been
-drawn by recent events. The Daflas are still frankly
-animistic; their love of strong spirits and other
-intoxicants, their addiction to their favourite diet
-of roast pork, their extremely uncleanly habits and
-barbarous speech, all make them very offensive to
-the gentle vegetarian Hindus their neighbours. But
-it happens that the tribal costume closely resembles
-the traditional dress of Mahādēva, the Destroyer, the
-most active and formidable member of the Hindu
-Trinity, and already some Hindus speak of these
-genial Highlanders as Siva-bansa, as "of Siva's race."
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">{45}</a></span>
-Many other examples, with interesting details of
-fictional methods, will be found in Mr E. A. Gait's
-admirable <i>History of Assam</i>.</p>
-
-<p>(2) <i>The functional or occupational type</i> of caste.
-This is the form of caste best known to Europeans,
-because, since the first European missionaries and
-traders visited those parts of India where the caste
-system has had the longest opportunity to evolve,
-they came most into contact with this, which is
-probably the oldest and most elaborated form of
-caste. The Hindu theory of caste encouraged the
-adoption of special occupations, and now the evolution
-has proceeded so far that change of occupation
-may usually result in a change of caste. A remarkable
-instance of this is found in the Marāthi districts
-of the Central Provinces. Here is a separate and
-newly formed caste of village servants called Gārpagāri,
-"hail-averters," whose business it is to protect
-the village crops from hailstorms. Shepherds who
-take to tillage break away from their pastoral
-brethren, and so on. Even those who retain their
-traditional occupations are wont to adopt more
-seemly-sounding names than those that belong to
-their trade. I have known barbers who called
-themselves Chandra-vaidyas<span
-class="fnanchor"><a name="Ref_2" id="Ref_2" href="#Foot_2">[2]</a></span>,
-which is a promotion
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">{46}</a></span>
-more subtle than a mere ascent to the status of
-"hair-dresser," and washermen who have followed
-suit by dubbing themselves Sukla-vaidya, a word
-of which "white-worker" is a crude but sufficiently
-suggestive translation.</p>
-
-<p>(3) The <i>sectarian type</i> is a singularly interesting
-example of the strong social influence of Hindu
-sentiment. Nearly all new Hindu sects begin by
-renouncing caste in the enthusiastic following of
-some single deity, some new explanation of the
-mysteries of life, and love, and death. These sects
-are usually the followers of some reforming theorist,
-whose leadership is apt to become hereditary. Such
-sects almost always believe that all men are equal,
-or at all events, that all who accept their doctrines
-are equal. One of my most interesting recollections
-is of a now distant interview with a buxom middle-aged
-lady, the hereditary leader of the Kartā-bhajās
-of Central Bengal. She sat unveiled, and was
-accessible to all who, like myself, were interested
-in the community over which she exercised a firm
-but good-natured control. It is a picturesque detail
-that her chosen seat when receiving visitors was
-an ancient European four-poster bedstead. Her
-followers (and revenues) were growing rapidly, increased
-chiefly by the democratic instinct which,
-even in India, revolts against social prestige. But
-it would seem that when such a sect grows and
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">{47}</a></span>
-spreads, the old separatist ideas reassert themselves,
-and the sect breaks up into smaller endogamous
-communities, whose status depends on the original
-position of the members in Hinduism. The most
-remarkable instance of this kind is furnished by
-the great Lingayat caste of Bombay, which contains
-over two and a half millions of members. In the
-twelfth century the Lingayats were a sect who
-believed in the equality of all men. In Mr P. J.
-Mead's Bombay Census Report for 1911 is a very
-interesting account of the present condition of the
-Lingayats, an account which shows how the scholar,
-the linguist, and the administrator can work together
-to find materials for the anthropologist. Dr Fleet's
-examination of ancient inscriptions has thrown much
-light on the origin of the sect, but the author of the
-Report holds that there may be some reason to think
-that the sect is much older than is commonly supposed.
-In any case, they are already divided into
-three great groups, comprising many subdivisions.</p>
-
-<p>(4) <i>Castes formed by crossing</i> come aptly to
-show that there was some basis for Manu's theory
-of caste after all. Castes, nowadays, increase by
-fission, by throwing off sub-castes, and one species
-of these sub-castes is created by mixed marriages.
-This tendency, curiously enough, is most evident
-in Dravidian tribes, such as the Mundās, which
-are not yet wholly Hinduised, but have been
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">{48}</a></span>
-affected by Hindu example. So far as I know,
-these mixed castes do not occur among the Mongoloid
-peoples, and I have come across cases where
-a member of an aboriginal tribe has been accepted
-into the caste of a Hindu girl he has married. In
-one case, within my own experience, the bridegroom
-had begun as an animist, had become Christian,
-and finally entered by marriage into the quite
-respectable Koch caste. One interesting caste in
-Bengal, that of the Shāgirdpeshas, owes its origin
-to concubinage with the so-called slaves, the women
-of tenants surrounding a homestead who pay their
-rent in service. This, it will be observed, is a caste
-of illegitimacy, in which the relationship between
-the legitimate and illegitimate children of a man
-of good caste is recognised, but the two are not
-allowed to eat together. The classical instance of
-a mixed caste is the Khas of Nepāl, said to be
-the result of very ancient intermarriages between
-Rājput or Brāhman immigrants and the Mongolian
-"daughters of men."</p>
-
-<div class="section"></div>
-
-<div class="image-center" style="max-width: 377px;">
- <img src="images/pl-4.jpg" width="377" height="600" alt=""/>
- <div class="caption">
- <p><i>Plate IV</i></p>
- <p>Banjara women<br />
- (<i>Mirzapur district</i>)</p>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<p>(5) <i>Castes of the national type.</i> This somewhat
-daring title we owe to the great authority of Sir H.
-Risley. As one instance, he mentions the Newārs,
-a Mongoloid people, who were once the ruling race
-in Nepāl, till the Gurkha invasion in 1769, and have
-now become a caste. Other instances might be
-found on the north-eastern frontier. But the people
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">{49}</a></span>
-Sir Herbert Risley had in mind when he invented
-this term was undoubtedly the remarkable Marātha
-race, once the most daring warriors and freebooters
-in India, and now the rivals of the Bengalis in intellectual
-ability, and probably more than their
-equals in political sagacity. Sir Rāmkrishna Gopāl
-Bhandārkar is our authority for the statement that
-the Rattas were a tribe who held political supremacy
-in the Deccan from the earliest days. In time they
-became Mahā-rattas, "Great Rattas," and the land
-in which they lived was called Mahārattha, which,
-by a common linguistic habit of mankind, was
-Sanskritised into Mahā-rāshtra. Their marriage
-customs show marked traces of totemistic institutions.
-An extremely interesting account of the
-present condition of this warlike and enterprising
-race will be found at pp. 289, 290 of the Bombay
-Census Report for 1911. It neither supports nor
-discourages Sir H. Risley's ingenious theory of the
-Scythic origin of the Marāthas, which is at least
-a theory which recognises the respect in which our
-ancestors held their martial prowess and talents<span
-class="fnanchor"><a name="Ref_3" id="Ref_3" href="#Foot_3">[3]</a></span>.</p>
-
-<p>(6) <i>Castes formed by migration.</i> These are new
-castes which serve to enforce the warning against
-a too ready acceptance of the definition of caste as
-a "horizontal" division of humanity. It is a method
-of forming new communities of Hindus which is very
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">{50}</a></span>
-easily intelligible to us, seeing that our own race
-is split into sections only differing from castes in
-not being strictly endogamous, such as Anglo-Indians,
-Australians, New Zealanders, and so forth. Members
-leave home and settle among strangers. They are
-assumed to have formed foreign habits, eaten strange
-food, worshipped alien gods, and have a difficulty&mdash;an
-expensive difficulty&mdash;in finding wives in the parent
-caste. After a time they marry only among themselves,
-become a sub-caste, and are often known by
-some territorial name, Bārendra, Rārhi, or what not.
-Such seemingly are the remarkable Nāmbudri Brāhmans
-of Malabar, and the Rārhi Brāhmans of Bengal.
-Sometimes change of habitat brings about loss of
-rank, sometimes promotion. These are matters on
-which the Census Reports now being published are
-full of interesting details. But they are matters
-which are not easily summarised. No doubt Mr
-Gait's Report on the combined results of Census
-operations in India will show the progress of castes
-of this type during the last ten years.</p>
-
-<p>(7) <i>Castes formed by changes of custom.</i> This
-is a fruitful cause of new divisions of Hindu society.
-It is, for the moment, more than usually operative,
-owing to the spread of education, and often represents
-a difference of social opinion which corresponds,
-more or less closely, to Conservative and Radical
-ideas among ourselves. It evidently was always a
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">{51}</a></span>
-cause of fissiparous tendencies. The most notable
-instance is the distinction between Jāts and Rājputs,
-both apparently sprung from the same stock, but
-separated socially, amongst other causes, by the fact
-that the former practise and the latter abjure infant
-marriages.</p>
-
-<p class="gap-above">This is a very rapid and highly summarised
-account of the races and castes of India. There
-are many obvious omissions. Nothing has been said
-of the Sikhs, little or nothing about the numerous
-races of the north-eastern frontier. But enough has
-been said to give a fair general impression of what
-the physical characters of the Indian peoples are,
-and what kind of institution caste is in its practical
-working. More might have been said about totemistic
-clans, but on this subject those who would
-pursue their studies further have only to turn to
-Dr J. G. Frazer's work on the subject. In the next
-chapter, I have to borrow my materials from Sir
-G. A. Grierson, and show how the peoples of India
-are divided by differences of language. On the
-whole, those linguistic divisions correspond with
-remarkable accuracy to the orographical and climatic
-structure of the country and the racial divisions
-which we owe to the learning and ingenuity of Sir
-H. H. Risley. Where there are great open plains,
-watered and fertilised by mighty rivers, we get large
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">{52}</a></span>
-populations speaking the great literary languages of
-India. In the rugged recesses of the mountains we
-find small communities, divided from one another by
-physical obstacles which have produced rigid local
-patriotisms and enmities, and a wonderful variety
-of savage speeches. The linguist has usually worked
-independently of the ethnologist, and has come to his
-own unprejudiced conclusions. It is interesting to
-find how closely the results of their separate enquiries
-agree.</p>
-
-<p class="center"><i>Postscript.</i></p>
-
-<p>Sir H. H. Risley's theory as to the Scythian origin
-of the Marāthas has not passed unquestioned, and
-those who wish to see a brief and clear account of
-the latest theories on the subject should read Mr
-Crooke's paper on "Rājputs and Marāthas" in
-Vol. <small>XL.</small> (January&mdash;June, 1910) of the <i>Journal of
-the Royal Anthropological Institute</i>. Mr Crooke,
-who gives copious references to the latest literature
-on the subject, holds that "the theory that a Hun
-or Scythian element is to be traced in the population
-of the Deccan is inconsistent with the facts of tribal
-history, so far as they can now be ascertained." Mr
-Crooke thinks that the anthropometrical facts can
-be explained otherwise than by Saka invasion and
-an infusion of Scythian blood. "The presence of
-a brachycephalic strain," he says, "in Southern and
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">{53}</a></span>
-Western India need not necessarily imply a Mongoloid
-invasion from Central Asia. The western coast
-was always open to the entry of foreign races. Intercourse
-with the Persian Gulf existed from a very
-early period, and Mongoloid Akkads or the short-headed
-races from Baluchistan may have made their
-way along the coast or by sea into Southern and
-Western India. But it is more probable that this
-strain reached India in prehistoric times, and that
-the present population is the result of the secular
-intermingling of various race types, rather than of
-events within the historical period." Mr Crooke's
-view is supported by the recently issued Census
-Report of the Bombay Presidency, which says, "the
-term Marātha is derived by some from two Sanskrit
-words, <i>mahā</i>, 'great,' and <i>rathi</i>, 'a warrior.'"
-According to Sir Rāmkrishna Gopāl Bhandārkar it
-is derived from Rattas, a tribe which held political
-supremacy in the Deccan from the remotest time.
-"The Rattas called themselves Mahā Rattas or Great
-Rattas, and thus the country in which they lived
-came to be called Mahārāttha, the Sanskrit of which
-is Mahā-rāshtra."</p>
-
-<p>Indigenous names are frequently Sanskritised,
-much as we turn French <i>chaussée</i> into "causeway."
-Sometimes the change is so complete that the
-original cannot be identified. In some cases the
-alteration is easily recognised. In Northern Bengal,
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">{54}</a></span>
-for instance, is the river <i>Ti-stā</i>, a name which belongs
-to a large group of Tibeto-Burman river names beginning
-with <i>Ti-</i>, or <i>Di-</i>, such as <i>Ti-pai</i>, <i>Di-bru</i>,
-<i>Di-kho</i>, <i>Di-sāng</i>, etc., etc. Hindus say the name
-<i>Ti-stā</i> is either a corruption of Sanskrit <i>Tri-srotas</i>,
-"having three streams," or of Tṛṣṇā, "thirst." Etymology
-and legend, in fact, give but doubtful guidance
-to the ethnologist, and the best hope of acquiring
-some real knowledge of Rājput and Marātha origins
-lies in the possible discovery of coins and inscriptions
-in the absence of direct historical records.</p>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p class="nodent"><a name="Foot_1" id="Foot_1" href="#Ref_1">[1]</a>&nbsp;&nbsp;
-The actual date is very uncertain. Dr Burnell thinks the
-book was composed so late as <small>A.D.</small> 500, but it was probably much
-older.</p>
-
-<p class="nodent"><a name="Foot_2" id="Foot_2" href="#Ref_2">[2]</a>&nbsp;&nbsp;
-"Moon-physicians," an allusion to the crescent-shaped brass
-basin of the barber, such as the helmet of Don Quixote, familiar
-to us all.</p>
-
-<p class="nodent"><a name="Foot_3" id="Foot_3" href="#Ref_3">[3]</a>&nbsp;&nbsp;
-But see the postscript to this chapter.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<h2>CHAPTER II<br />
-<small>THE LANGUAGES OF INDIA</small></h2>
-
-<p>It is quite possible to live many years in one
-province or another of India without obtaining more
-than the vaguest conception of the linguistic riches
-of the country. It was Sir G. A. Grierson who
-rendered it impossible for any but the most careless
-to ignore the fact that India has not only more
-languages than Europe, but many more kinds and
-families of speech. Most Europeans in India live in
-the populous areas where ethnical and geographical
-conditions are favourable to the evolution and spread
-of one of the great literary languages. In Madras,
-the European comes into contact with one or other
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">{55}</a></span>
-of the cultivated Dravidian tongues. In Bombay, he
-learns that Marāthi and Gujarāti have ancient and
-interesting literatures. In Calcutta, he is surrounded
-by millions of Bengalis, who in modern times have as
-many varieties of literary expression as the most
-advanced of European races. In Rangoon, he hears
-the most highly organised of Tibeto-Burman speeches.
-In Allahabad, Benares, Lahore, Patna, he acquires
-some smattering of the beautiful and expressive
-languages which are closest to the model of the
-original Indo-Aryan idiom. These are the exact
-counter parts of the great literary languages of
-Europe, of English, French, German, Italian, etc.
-But while the European mountains contain one or
-two shy survivals at most of primitive ways of talking,
-India has many languages of the type of Basque. In
-the little frontier province of Assam alone, dozens of
-grammars and vocabularies have been printed, and
-much more remains to be done. Happily, an appetite
-for more information has been aroused by the feast
-spread before linguists in Sir G. A. Grierson's great
-<i>Survey</i>. He himself is at work on a book which will
-tell us all that is at present known about the many
-languages of India, and their relations with one
-another. But in addition to his own labours, Sir
-George Grierson has been an apostle of linguistic
-research and has gathered round him many disciples,
-not all of whom recognise whence came the impulse
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">{56}</a></span>
-that has set them to an examination of the history
-and growth of Indian languages. Most promising
-sign of all, native scholars no longer disdain the
-living tongues of India, nor confine their studies to
-the classics of Sanskrit, Arabic, and Persian. In
-Bengal alone, the Proceedings of the <i>Vangiya Sāhitya
-Parisat</i>, a society for the pursuit of linguistic and
-ethnological research, now form a goodly library of
-books, and the poet, Rabindranath Tagore, whose
-own English version of his charming <i>Gitanjali</i> is in
-the hands of all who love poetry or are interested
-in Indian matters, is also a very keen and competent
-student of his native language on lines suggested by
-the enquiries of European scholars. Much has been
-learnt, but linguistic research in India has still many
-interesting secrets for the zeal of European students to
-reveal. In Scandinavia, Germany, France, a new sense
-of the value of such studies has been aroused. All
-that can be attempted in the following pages is to show,
-very summarily and briefly, what is known at present.</p>
-
-<p>We have already seen that there are seven more
-or less recognisable types of Indian humanity. To
-these roughly correspond five great families of living
-vernaculars. The Turko-Iranian, the Indo-Aryan, the
-Scytho-Dravidian, the Aryo-Dravidian, and the Mongolo-Dravidian
-races have for the most part acquired
-Aryan languages which, in their relations to Sanskrit
-and Persian, may be compared with the Romance
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">{57}</a></span>
-languages of Europe in their relations to literary
-Greek and Latin. The Dravidian races speak one
-or other of the great Dravidian dialects, or some
-idiom of the Mundā languages of Chota Nagpore.
-Among the Mongoloid races of the extreme north
-and east of India, we find the Mon-Khmer and the
-Tibeto-Chinese families of speech. Of these, the
-Dravidian family seems to be confined to India&mdash;to
-the high tablelands of Southern India, with one outlying
-settlement among the Brāhuis of Baluchistan.
-This Dravidian speech would seem to be the original
-and indigenous language of India. The Mundā
-languages of Chota Nagpore, again, are plainly very
-ancient Indian tongues and are, in all probability, as
-aboriginal as the true Dravidian speech. But Mundā
-tongues have elements in common with the Mon-Khmer
-languages of Further India, Malacca, and
-Australonesia. The present explanation of this fact
-is provided by the supposition that, in prehistoric
-times, these distant regions shared a common language
-with great part of Northern India. But, for all
-practical purposes, the relations of the Mundā
-languages with the Far East are still so vaguely
-defined, that they may be provisionally regarded as
-being as indigenous as their neighbours, the Dravidian
-languages. The connection of the Mon-Khmer languages
-with Further India and the Pacific have formed
-the subject of the now famous researches of Pater
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">{58}</a></span>
-Schmidt of Vienna and other German investigators.
-The Indo-Chinese family of languages is obviously
-connected with the many dialects of Southern China.
-An Indian journalist once told me that he thought
-that the tumbled mountain ranges which separate
-India from China and form, for the time, a semi-savage
-"no man's land" of primitive social customs
-and administration, are the most interesting area on
-earth. It is an Asiatic and a huger Albania, of whose
-ethnological and linguistic condition much has yet to
-be learned. Those who heard Mr Archibald Rose's
-lectures in London and Cambridge on his travels in
-these regions will easily realise how much room there
-is here for anthropological and linguistic research
-among the rough but attractive races of this quarter.</p>
-
-<p>Lastly, in the great alluvial plain which separates
-the Himalayas from the tableland of the south, and
-along the western coast, are the peoples who use one or
-other of the great Aryan vernaculars, languages of much
-the same type as the modern languages of Europe,
-sharing much of their vocabulary, and ultimately
-derived from similar if still obscure origins. It is of
-all these languages, and of some of their innumerable
-dialects (not all of them even now known by name),
-that some account must be given in this chapter.</p>
-
-<p class="gap-above">The history of the languages of India has reflected
-the long struggle for pre-eminence between the
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">{59}</a></span>
-indigenous Dravidian culture of the south and the
-Aryan civilisation of the north. The Mundā languages
-are those of an isolated group of highlanders, who, till
-quite recent times, hardly came into contact with or
-were influenced by the speech or thought of other
-races. The Mon-Khmer-speaking people of the Khasi
-Hills were similarly wholly isolated, and were long
-supposed to be absolutely aboriginal and separate
-from other races of men, till quite recent investigations
-discovered their linguistic affinities with the
-Mons of Southern Burma and races in French Indo-China.
-The Tibeto-Burman languages of the north-eastern
-frontier are the simple and primitive speech
-of semi-savage men. For such languages, contact
-with the Aryan languages means rapid decay and
-dissolution.</p>
-
-<p>Hindu civilisation and Hindu religion find easy
-converts in the rude and simple Mongoloid people
-of the north-east, and acceptance of Hindu manners
-and customs almost always results in a rapid change
-of language. So again, the Iranian languages represent
-the final stage in the advance of Islam and
-its languages as a conquering religion. The Iranian
-tongues of the north-western frontier are only Indian
-in the fact that they happen to fall within the administrative
-border of British India. If we omit all
-consideration of these races and languages for the
-present, we shall be free to consider the long struggle
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">{60}</a></span>
-between the Aryan and the Dravidian. The Aryan
-religion, the religion of the Hindus, has spread all
-over India, and as the Dravidian temples of the south
-are among the glories of Hindu religious architecture,
-so the Hinduism of the south is now, in many ways,
-the most typical and interesting form of the religion.
-The spread of the Aryan blood has been far less wide
-in extent, as the previous chapter sufficiently shows.
-The Aryan languages have spread all over the north
-of India, up to an irregular line running obliquely
-across the peninsula from near Vizagapatam on the
-east coast to near Goa on the west coast. Into the
-Aryan area projects the rocky plateau of Chota
-Nagpore, where the Mundā dialects still survive,
-and there are a few other outlying areas where
-Dravidian tribes still use the original language of
-India. With these exceptions, Northern India, from
-Bombay to Calcutta now speaks Aryan languages.</p>
-
-<div class="section"></div>
-
-<div class="image-center" style="max-width: 372px;">
- <img src="images/pl-5.jpg" width="372" height="600" alt=""/>
- <div class="caption">
- <p><i>Plate V</i></p>
- <p>Seoris or Savaras<br />
- (<i>Mirzapur district</i>)</p>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<p>Let me then begin by giving a brief account of
-the two ancient and indigenous families of language
-in India, the Dravidian and Mundā families. Sir
-G. Grierson's <i>Survey</i> has definitely established the
-fact that, in spite of the close physical resemblance
-between the Dravidian races properly so called and
-the inhabitants of Chota Nagpore, there is no
-linguistic affinity between them. In Sir George
-Grierson's own words "they differ in their pronunciation,
-in their modes of indicating gender, in their
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">{61}</a></span>
-declensions of nouns, in their method of indicating
-the relationship of a verb to its objects, in their
-numeral systems, in their principles of conjugation,
-in their methods of indicating the negative, and in
-their vocabularies. The few points in which they
-agree are points which are common to many languages
-scattered all over the world."</p>
-
-<h3>The Dravidian Languages.</h3>
-
-<p>These are, as aforesaid, the languages of Southern India. Two of
-them survive further to the north in Chota Nagpore
-and the Sonthal Parganas, where they exist side by
-side with Mundā dialects. One curiously isolated
-Dravidian language is Brāhui, an extraordinary survival,
-far to the north-west, in the midst of the
-Iranian and Muhammadan languages of Baluchistan.
-The Sanskrit writers knew of two great southern
-languages which they named the Andhra-bhāshā and
-the Drāvida-bhāshā. The first corresponded to what
-is now Telugu and its cognates, the latter to the rest
-of the southern languages. Sir George Grierson
-classifies the Dravidian family thus:</p>
-
-<div class="pagenum"><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">{62}</a></div>
-
-<table class="speak" summary="Dravidian dialects">
-
-<tr>
- <td colspan="2" class="group"></td>
- <td class="number x-small">Number of speakers<br />(1901)</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td colspan="2" class="group">A. Drāvida group:</td>
- <td class="number"></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="group"></td>
- <td class="dialect">Tamil</td>
- <td class="number">16,525,500</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="group"></td>
- <td class="dialect">Malayalam</td>
- <td class="number">6,029,304</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="group"></td>
- <td class="dialect">Kanarese</td>
- <td class="number">10,365,047</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="group"></td>
- <td class="dialect">Kodagu</td>
- <td class="number">39,191</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="group"></td>
- <td class="dialect">Tulu</td>
- <td class="number">535,210</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="group"></td>
- <td class="dialect">Toda</td>
- <td class="number">805</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="group"></td>
- <td class="dialect">Kota</td>
- <td class="number">1300</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="group"></td>
- <td class="dialect">Kurukh</td>
- <td class="number">592,351</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="group"></td>
- <td class="dialect">Malto</td>
- <td class="number">60,777</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td colspan="2" class="group">B. Intermediate languages:</td>
- <td class="number"></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="group"></td>
- <td class="dialect">Gond, etc.</td>
- <td class="number">1,123,974</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td colspan="2" class="group">C. Andhra group:</td>
- <td class="number"></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="group"></td>
- <td class="dialect">Telugu</td>
- <td class="number">20,696,872</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="group"></td>
- <td class="dialect">Kandh</td>
- <td class="number">494,099</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="group"></td>
- <td class="dialect">Kolami</td>
- <td class="number">1505</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td colspan="2" class="group">D. Brāhui</td>
- <td class="number">48,589</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td colspan="2" class="group"></td>
- <td class="number top">56,514,524</td>
-</tr>
-
-</table>
-
-<p>Sir G. Grierson borrows the following general
-account of the main characteristics of the Dravidian
-forms of speech, with slight verbal alterations, from
-the <i>Manual of the Administration of the Madras
-Presidency</i>:</p>
-
-<p>"In the Dravidian languages all nouns denoting
-inanimate substances and irrational beings are of the
-neuter gender. The distinction of male and female
-appears only in the pronoun of the third person, in
-adjectives formed by suffixing the pronominal terminations,
-and in the third person of the verb. In all other
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">{63}</a></span>
-cases, the distinction of gender is marked by separate
-words signifying 'male' and 'female.' Dravidian
-nouns are inflected, not by means of case terminations,
-but by means of suffixed postpositions and separable
-particles. Dravidian neuter nouns are rarely pluralized;
-Dravidian languages use postpositions instead
-of prepositions. Dravidian adjectives are incapable
-of declension. It is characteristic of these languages,
-in contradistinction to Indo-European, that, wherever
-practicable, they use as adjectives the relative participles
-of verbs, in preference to nouns of quality or
-adjectives properly so called. A peculiarity of the
-Dravidian (and also of the Mundā) dialects is the
-existence of two pronouns of the first person plural,
-one inclusive of the person addressed, the other
-exclusive. The Dravidian languages have no passive
-voice, this being expressed by verbs signifying 'to
-suffer' etc. The Dravidian languages, unlike the
-Indo-European, prefer the use of continuative participles
-to conjunctions. The Dravidian verbal system
-possesses a negative as well as an affirmative voice.
-It is a marked peculiarity of the Dravidian languages
-that they make use of relative participial nouns
-instead of phrases introduced by relative pronouns.
-These participles are formed from the various participles
-of the verb by the addition of a formative suffix.
-Thus 'the person who came' is in Tamil literally 'the
-who-came'."</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">{64}</a></span>
-It is worth while, for once, to quote this somewhat
-technical description because it shows that though
-the Aryan languages have driven the Dravidian
-languages out of Northern India, the latter may
-have affected the Aryan speech in the transition
-which, in common with the corresponding speeches
-of Europe, it has undergone from inflected to analytic
-ways of talking.</p>
-
-<p><i>Tamil.</i> Tamil, or Arava, is spoken all over the
-south of India and the northern part of Ceylon.
-It extends as far as Mysore on the west coast and
-Madras on the east coast. It has been carried all
-over Further India by emigrant coolies. As might
-be expected from its geographical position, it is the
-oldest, richest, and most highly organised of Dravidian
-languages. It has an extensive literature written in
-a literary dialect called "Shen" or "perfect" as
-compared with the colloquial "Kodum" or "rude"
-speech of ordinary men. The words "Tamil" and
-"Drāvida" are both corruptions of an original
-"Drānida." Tamil has an alphabet of its own.</p>
-
-<p><i>Malayalam.</i> Malayalam is a branch of Tamil
-which came into existence in the ninth century <small>A.D.</small>
-It is the language of the Malabar coast, and has one
-dialect, Yerava, spoken in Coorg. This language has
-borrowed its vocabulary freely from Sanskrit. It
-differs from the mother tongue in having dropped
-the personal terminations of verbs. Its alphabet
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">{65}</a></span>
-is the Grantha character, much used in Southern
-India for writing Sanskrit.</p>
-
-<p><i>Kanarese.</i> Kanarese is the language of the
-Kingdom of Mysore and the adjoining British
-territory. It has an ancient literature written in
-a character resembling that of Telugu. Its dialects
-of Badaga and Kurumba are spoken in the Nīlgiri
-hills. Kodagu, the language of Coorg, is said
-by some to be a dialect of Kanarese, and is the
-link between it and Tulu, the language of part
-of South Kanara in Madras. Toda and Kota will
-always have an interest for anthropologists in connection
-with Dr Rivers' now classical investigation
-into the social life of the Todas.</p>
-
-<p><i>Gond.</i> The Gond language is spoken outside the
-true Dravidian area, in the hill country of Central
-India. It is intermediate between the Drāvida and
-Andhra languages, and like most hill languages has
-many dialects. It is unwritten and has no literature.</p>
-
-<p><i>Telugu.</i> Telugu is the only important Andhra language
-now surviving. It is the language of the eastern
-coast from Madras to near the southern border of
-Orissa. It has an extensive literature written in a
-character of its own, adapted from the Aryan Devanāgari.
-This character, like the writing of Orissa, is
-easily recognised by its loops and curves, said to be
-due to the difficulty of writing straight lines with a
-stylus on a palm leaf without splitting the leaf.
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">{66}</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Finally there remains the isolated and distant
-Brāhui language in Baluchistan. Its separate existence
-has led to a very pretty quarrel between linguists
-and ethnologists. Dr Haddon in his work on the
-<i>Wanderings of Peoples</i>, in this series, says that
-"the Dravidians may have been always in India:
-the significance of the Brāhui of Baluchistan, a small
-tribe speaking a Dravidian language, is not understood,
-probably it is merely a case of cultural drift."
-Sir George Grierson says "if they (the Dravidians)
-came from the north-west, we must look upon the
-Brāhuis as the rear-guard; but if from the south,
-they must be considered as the advance guard of the
-Dravidian immigration. Under any circumstances
-it is possible that the Brāhuis alone retain the true
-Dravidian ethnic type, which has been lost in India
-proper by admixture with other aboriginal nationalities
-such as the Mundās." My own diffident suggestion
-is that the Brāhuis may be a Dravidian race as
-a survival of emigration when Northern India was
-also Dravidian, as the French are a "Latin" race.</p>
-
-<p>Of the Mundā languages I need not speak at any
-length, interesting as they are to students of spoken
-speech. They are spoken by over three millions of
-people, and, besides numerous dialects of each, are
-six in number. They have been carefully studied by
-missionaries and others, and many of them are now
-recorded in the Roman character.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">{67}</a></span>
-I must apologise for a somewhat dull and detailed
-account of the Dravidian languages. It seemed
-necessary to explain what manner of languages they
-were that fought an unequal and not always losing
-fight with the great Aryan languages of the north.
-The account of the struggle between the two, on
-the other hand, has an enduring interest. Dravidian
-and Aryan languages now face one another much as
-do French and Breton in Brittany, English and Gaelic
-in the Highlands, Flemish and French in Belgium.
-But in the Indian plains the contest was waged on
-a much vaster scale, and some of the incidents of the
-long struggle can still be recovered. One point
-should be carefully borne in mind. In Northern
-India the Aryan languages and the Hindu religion
-are openly and completely victorious. The peculiar
-philosophic and religious ideas of Hinduism find apt
-and copious expression in the Aryan vocabulary of
-the north. But Dravidian India, too, in accepting
-Hinduism, perforce accepted with it much of the
-Aryan vocabulary. It is Dravidian still, as England
-is still mainly Germanic. But without Aryan words
-it could hardly give expression to Hindu speculations
-and aspirations. As our own language, as these
-words I write, have a strong intermixture of Latin
-phrase and idiom, so the Aryan influence has in
-a greater or less degree penetrated to Ceylon itself,
-once held by Aryan poets to be the home of demoniac
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">{68}</a></span>
-and barbarian races. There are Dravidian traces
-in the north, survivals of old days of Dravidian
-supremacy. In the south, a veneer of Aryan culture
-has been added to the ancient Dravidian civilisation.
-This was strong to resist a change of idiom: it clung
-sturdily to most of its vocabulary; but there has
-been an infusion of Aryan words, needed for ritual
-and, in some cases, for administrative purposes. The
-use of the word "administrative" reminds me to say,
-before passing on, that nowhere in India is English
-so freely used as in the Dravidian south. Originally
-Englishmen seem to have found Dravidian languages
-too difficult a means of communication. But Dravidians
-themselves soon discovered that English was
-a convenient <i>lingua franca</i>. All India is now making
-the same discovery, and English is binding the educated
-classes into a new pan-Indian race.</p>
-
-<h3>The Aryan Languages.</h3>
-
-<p>We now return to the fascinating story of the
-spread of the Indo-Aryan languages over the north
-and west of the peninsula. In the tale, captured
-from the patient study of words and idioms, and
-finding only occasional support from legend, and
-practically none from history, since history had not
-yet begun to exist, we get a singularly moving and
-interesting picture of the social existence of vanished
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">{69}</a></span>
-tribes of men. We partly know and partly conjecture
-that there was once a race of men whom we may conveniently
-call Indo-Europeans who spoke the parent-speech
-of the modern languages of Europe, Armenia,
-Persia, and northern India. Probably the Panjāb in
-very early times was occupied by several immigrations
-of Indo-European folk, for in the earliest days of
-which we have any knowledge, the land of the Five
-Rivers is already the home of many Indo-Aryan
-tribes, who live at enmity with one another, and
-have a fraternal habit of speaking of one another
-as unintelligible barbarians.</p>
-
-<p>In the Sanskrit geography of somewhat later
-times, India is divided into the sacred Madhya-deça,
-the "Midland," and the rest. Already this Midland
-country, the home of the latest immigrants, is considered
-to be the true habitat of civilised Aryans, all
-the rest of the peninsula being more or less barbarous.
-It is important that the reader should understand
-exactly where this Midland lay. On the north it
-ended below the foot-slopes of the Himalayas. On
-the south, it was bordered by the Vindhyā hills, the
-southern boundary of the Gangetic plain. On the
-west it extended to Sirhind on the eastern limits of
-what is now the Panjāb. On the east its limit was
-the confluence of the Ganges and Jumna. Its inhabitants,
-of mixed Aryan and Dravidian origin, had
-spread eastwards from the upper part of the <i>do-āb</i>,
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">{70}</a></span>
-the watershed between the two rivers. Their language
-gradually became the current speech of the
-Midland. It was cultivated as a literary tongue
-from early times and came to be known as Sanskrit,
-the "purified" language. Purified and systematised
-it was by the labours of grammarians and phoneticians,
-the most famous of whom is Pānini, who
-lived and wrote about 300 <small>B.C.</small></p>
-
-<p>To the phonetic acumen of these early grammarians
-the existing alphabets of northern India,
-singularly different in arrangement from the confused
-order of European and Semitic letters, bear testimony.
-In the Indian alphabets the letters are arranged in
-order, according to the vocal organs chiefly used in
-their pronunciation, as Gutturals, Palatals, Cerebrals,
-Dentals, and Labials. All the phonetic changes
-which occur in the formation of the numerous compound
-words are carefully reduced to rule, and the
-spelling professes to be (what perhaps no spelling
-ever has been or can be) phonetic.</p>
-
-<div class="section"></div>
-
-<div class="image-center" style="max-width: 368px;">
- <img src="images/pl-6.jpg" width="368" height="600" alt=""/>
- <div class="caption">
- <p><i>Plate VI</i></p>
- <p>A Bhuiyār<br />
- (<i>Mirzapur district</i>)</p>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<p>It is a moot point whether Sanskrit was in Pānini's
-time a spoken vernacular. It is more probable that
-it was, what it still remains in most parts of Hindu
-India, a second and literary language, used much as
-Latin was used in medieval Europe. The spoken
-form of the archaic language found in the older
-Vedas developed into Prākrit, which existed side
-by side with Sanskrit as the spoken dialects of Italy
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">{71}</a></span>
-existed side by side with literary Latin. As the
-Italian dialects developed into the modern languages
-of Europe, so the Prākrits gave birth to the Aryan
-modern languages of India. Thus the latter were
-not in any accurate sense derived from Sanskrit, but
-only shared a common origin with it<span
-class="fnanchor"><a name="Ref_4" id="Ref_4" href="#Foot_4">[4]</a></span>.
-It remained, however, as a standard of literary perfection and
-was destined to play an important part in the enrichment
-of many of the modern languages of India,
-when contact with western culture brought about
-what may fairly be called a literary renaissance.
-This was particularly the case with Bengali. Its
-medieval literature was all but confined to rhymed
-hymns and tales. English education led to a revival
-of Sanskrit studies. From England Bengal learnt
-that it was possible to write prose in many varied
-forms, in novels, essays, histories, journalism, and so
-forth. The medieval literary language, derived from
-the Prākrit, had grown insufficient for the expression
-of anything but the simplest devotional or amatory
-emotion, and Bengali borrowed freely from the rich
-treasury of Sanskrit.</p>
-
-<p>In the "Midland," then, were various forms of
-Prākrit, side by side with the sacred and literary
-Sanskrit. Round the Midland, on the west, south,
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">{72}</a></span>
-and east lay territories inhabited by other Indo-Aryan
-tribes. This country included what is now the Panjāb,
-Sind, Gujarāt, Rājputānā and the country to its east,
-Oudh and Bihār. The tribes inhabiting this semicircular
-tract had each of them its own dialect. But
-it is important to note that the dialects of this "Outer
-Band" were much more closely related to one another
-than to the spoken language of the "Midland." It
-was this circumstance which suggested Dr Hoernle's
-ingenious theory, already mentioned, of the second
-and separate invasion of Aryans into the Midland
-over the mountainous passes of Gilgit, too high,
-arduous, and difficult to be traversed by the families
-and herds of the nomad newcomers.</p>
-
-<p>In course of time the population of the Midland
-grew in numbers and valour and pressed closely on
-the food supplies of the tract. It was already the
-centre of a vigorous and widely influential civilisation.
-It contained the imperial cities of Delhi and Kanauj,
-and the sacred city of Mathura
-(<span title="Modoura ê tôn Theôn">Μόδουρα ἡ τῶν θεῶν</span>,
-as Ptolemy calls it). This crowded, vigorous, and
-martial population was bound to expand. It spread
-into the eastern Panjāb, Rājputānā, Gujarāt and
-Oudh, carrying with it its language. Hence, as Sir
-George Grierson points out, we get in this "Outer
-Band" mixed languages, of the Midland type near
-the "Midland" centre, but fading into local dialects
-as we go further west, south, and east. Finally as the
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">{73}</a></span>
-Midlanders crowded into the territories of the Outer
-Band, the inhabitants of these took refuge among the
-Dravidians of the south and east, and so gave birth
-to dialects which ultimately became Marāthi in the
-south and Oriyā, Bengali and Assamese on the east, all
-of them characteristic languages of the "Outer Band."</p>
-
-<p>I am borrowing so freely and unscrupulously from
-Sir George Grierson that it is a relief to pause for a
-moment to interpose a very diffident suggestion of
-my own. Vocabulary, and even idiom, have become
-a dubious guide to the constituent elements of the
-"Outer Band" languages which have almost entirely
-destroyed the original vocabularies of the Dravidian or
-Mongolo-Dravidian races who use them. But it is just
-possible that accentuation, rhythm, metre may furnish
-some clue to these vanished dialects, which may have
-bequeathed a characteristic tone of voice to their
-Aryan successors. Bengali, for instance, has a very
-peculiar initial phrasal accent which strongly distinguishes
-it from the etymologically cognate speech
-of Bihār, much as the characteristic <i>accent tonique</i>
-of French distinguishes it from Italian and Spanish.
-Native scholars in Bengal are, I am glad to say,
-beginning to work at the Dravidian elements in their
-expressive and copious language, and will, I hope,
-soon investigate the Mongolian elements, whether of
-idiom or pronunciation, in the Bengali of the north-eastern
-part of the province.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">{74}</a></span>
-To return to Sir George Grierson, he holds
-that the present linguistic condition of northern
-India is this:&mdash;there is, firstly, a Midland Indo-Aryan
-language which holds the Gangetic Doāb.
-Round it on three sides is a band of Mixed languages,
-in the eastern Panjāb, Gujarāt, Rājputānā
-and Oudh. With these Sir George includes the
-Indo-Aryan languages of the Himalayan slopes
-north of the Midland, which have been introduced
-in comparatively recent times by immigrants from
-Rājputānā.</p>
-
-<p><i>The Prākrits.</i> Before I leave the Aryan languages
-of India, I must give a brief summary of what Sir
-George Grierson says of the Prākrits, the spoken
-speeches which have always, implicitly or explicitly,
-been distinguished from the artificial and
-literary Sanskrit. The Primary Prākrits of the
-Midland and Outer Band (of which latter no record
-survives) were of the same type as the Latin known
-to us in literature. They were synthetic and inflected
-languages. These gradually decayed (or developed)
-into what Sir G. Grierson calls the Secondary Prākrits.
-These are still synthetic, but diphthongs and harsh
-combinations of consonants are avoided, "till in the
-latest developments we find a condition of almost
-absolute fluidity, each language becoming an emasculated
-collection of vowels hanging for support on an
-occasional consonant." These Secondary Prākrits
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">{75}</a></span>
-lasted from the days of the Buddha (550 <small>B.C.</small>) to
-about 1000 <small>A.D.</small></p>
-
-<p>One at least of these Secondary Prākrits, Pāli,
-has obtained world-wide fame as the language of the
-Buddhist scriptures. Thus crystallised, it underwent
-the same fate as Sanskrit and became more or less
-what we call in Europe a "dead" language. In the
-Midland was a great and famous Prākrit called
-Sauraseni, after the Sanskrit name, Surasena, of the
-country round Mathura. In Bihār was Māgadhī;
-in Oudh and Baghelkhand was Ardha-māgadhī or
-"half Māgadhī"; south of these was Mahārāshtri,
-which is best known to students of the ancient Indian
-drama as the vehicle of the lyrics with which the
-plays are studded. Kings, sages, heroes and other
-noble characters speak Sanskrit. Inferior personages
-use Sauraseni.</p>
-
-<p>The Secondary Prākrits themselves degenerated
-into what Indian grammarians call Apabhramsas,
-"corrupt" or "decayed" tongues, which were used
-for literary purposes and finally became the parents
-of the great Aryan languages of the present time.</p>
-
-<p>For comparison with the preceding table of the
-Dravidian languages, I give below the census table of
-the Aryan languages as recorded in 1901:&mdash;</p>
-
-<div class="pagenum"><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">{76}</a></div>
-
-<table class="speak" summary="Aryan dialects">
-
-<tr>
- <td colspan="3" class="group"></td>
- <td class="number x-small">Number of speakers</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td colspan="3" class="group">A. Language of the Midland.</td>
- <td class="number"></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="group"></td>
- <td class="subgroup"></td>
- <td class="dialect">Western Hindi</td>
- <td class="number">40,714,925</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td colspan="3" class="group">B. Intermediate languages.</td>
- <td class="number"></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="group"></td>
- <td colspan="2" class="subgroup"><i>a.</i> More nearly related to the Midland language:</td>
- <td class="number"></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="group"></td>
- <td class="subgroup"></td>
- <td class="dialect">Rājasthānī</td>
- <td class="number">10,917,712</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="group"></td>
- <td class="subgroup"></td>
- <td class="dialect">The Pahārī (or 'mountain') languages of the Himalaya</td>
- <td class="number">3,124,981</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="group"></td>
- <td class="subgroup"></td>
- <td class="dialect">Gujarāti</td>
- <td class="number">9,439,925</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="group"></td>
- <td class="subgroup"></td>
- <td class="dialect">Panjābi</td>
- <td class="number">17,070,961</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="group"></td>
- <td colspan="2" class="subgroup"><i>b.</i> More nearly related to the Outer languages:</td>
- <td class="number"></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="group"></td>
- <td class="subgroup"></td>
- <td class="dialect">Eastern Hindi</td>
- <td class="number">22,136,358</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td colspan="3" class="group">C. Outer languages.</td>
- <td class="number"></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="group"></td>
- <td colspan="2" class="subgroup"> <i>a.</i> North-western group:</td>
- <td class="number"></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="group"></td>
- <td class="subgroup"></td>
- <td class="dialect">Kāshmīrī</td>
- <td class="number">1,007,957</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="group"></td>
- <td class="subgroup"></td>
- <td class="dialect">Kohistānī</td>
- <td class="number">36</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="group"></td>
- <td class="subgroup"></td>
- <td class="dialect">Lahndā</td>
- <td class="number">3,337,917</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="group"></td>
- <td class="subgroup"></td>
- <td class="dialect">Sindhī</td>
- <td class="number">3,494,971</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="group"></td>
- <td colspan="2" class="subgroup"> <i>b.</i> Southern language:</td>
- <td class="number"></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="group"></td>
- <td class="subgroup"></td>
- <td class="dialect">Marāthī</td>
- <td class="number">18,237,899</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="group"></td>
- <td colspan="2" class="subgroup"> <i>c.</i> Eastern group:</td>
- <td class="number"></td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="group"></td>
- <td class="subgroup"></td>
- <td class="dialect">Bihārī</td>
- <td class="number">34,579,844</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="group"></td>
- <td class="subgroup"></td>
- <td class="dialect">Oriyā</td>
- <td class="number">9,687,429</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="group"></td>
- <td class="subgroup"></td>
- <td class="dialect">Bengali</td>
- <td class="number">44,624,048</td>
-</tr>
-
-<tr>
- <td class="group"></td>
- <td class="subgroup"></td>
- <td class="dialect">Assamese</td>
- <td class="number">1,350,846</td>
-</tr>
-
-</table>
-
-<p>Of all these modern languages, their idioms, their
-characters, their literature, I do not venture to give
-even a summarised account. Those who have any
-curiosity to learn more about them cannot do better
-than consult Sir George Grierson's work on <i>The
-Languages of India</i>, until it, in its turn, is superseded
-by the book he is now writing from the materials
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">{77}</a></span>
-collected in his <i>Linguistic Survey</i>. But everyone
-who has read <i>The Newcomes</i> will want to know what
-Hindustāni is, especially as it is one of the languages
-prescribed for the study of probationers for the
-Indian Civil Service and is taught at the universities
-of Oxford, Cambridge, London, and Dublin. In the
-strictest sense Hindustāni is the dialect of western
-Hindi spoken between Meerut and Delhi. It was
-much cultivated, as a literary dialect, by both Hindus
-and Musalmāns. The latter wrote, and write it,
-in the Persian character, and have added a large
-number of Persian and Arabic words. In this
-Persianised form it is known as Urdū, "a name
-derived from the <i>Urdū-e mu 'alla</i>, or royal military
-bazaar outside the imperial palace at Delhi, where it
-is supposed to have had its origin." Under Muhammadan
-rule Urdū was almost as much the <i>lingua franca</i>
-of India as English has come to be in modern times.</p>
-
-<p>Another point is worth noting here. The Aryan
-languages of northern India are, in a very real sense,
-Hindu languages. Perhaps I shall make myself clearer
-by asserting that the languages of Western Europe
-are Christian languages. For historical reasons, their
-religious phraseology has a Christian connotation and
-allusiveness. But in the west, the distinction between
-things secular and things religious has become so
-familiar that the Christian element in our speech is
-not recognisable in our ordinary talk. In Hindu
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">{78}</a></span>
-India, on the other hand, almost every act of a man's
-life has some religious or superstitious significance,
-and hence all the Aryan languages in the mouths of
-Hindus are markedly different from the shape they
-assume when spoken by Musalmāns. In the case of
-western Hindi we have the recognised Muhammadan
-dialect of Urdū, but in other languages too there is
-a Muhammadan dialect or <i>patois</i>, even if it has no
-separate name. A curious exception, however, occurs
-in eastern Bengal, where the bulk of the population
-is Musalmān. In this region the Muhammadans are
-comparatively recent converts from the lower aboriginal
-or Mongoloid castes, whose Muhammadanism
-sits very lightly on their habits and consciences, and
-so far as my own experience goes, there is little
-difference between the speech of the lower Musalmāns
-and their friends and cousins the Chandāls and
-other indigenous castes.</p>
-
-<h3>The Indo-Chinese Languages.</h3>
-
-<p>Finally, I must say a few words about the Indo-Chinese
-and Mon-Khmer languages. I spent most of
-my official life among people speaking these languages,
-and find, somewhat shamefacedly, that Sir G. A.
-Grierson makes me responsible for sundry vocabularies
-compiled in my distant youth. Naturally, I
-feel a personal interest in the people of the north-eastern
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">{79}</a></span>
-border, and am tempted to enlarge on their
-qualities of speech and character. But I have left
-myself little space, and the Mongoloid races of the
-frontier are hardly Indian in any proper sense of the
-word. Moreover, though their total number is not
-great, they speak many languages. The Census of
-1901 recognises 119 such languages. The most important
-of them all is, of course, Burmese, which is
-spoken by about seven and a half millions of people.
-There are nearly 900,000 Karens in Burma, and
-about 750,000 Shans. The Meithei (now Manipuris)
-mentioned above are 272,997 in number. The Boro
-or Kachari people of the Assam valley, a most attractive
-and delightful race, number somewhat less than
-250,000. The other languages of this type have
-mostly a much smaller number of speakers than these.
-But mention should be made of 250,000 Mons, Palungs
-and Was in Burma, and 177,827 Khāsis in
-Assam, since these constitute the only members of
-the Mon-Khmer family still found within the limits
-of British India.</p>
-
-<p>These people, speaking Indo-Chinese languages,
-surround India proper on the north and east in a
-crescent-shaped curve, mostly in the valleys of lofty
-and rugged mountains. From the eastern mountains
-projects into the midst of the modern province of
-Assam a range of hills, dividing the valley of the
-Brahmaputra from that of Sylhet, which is watered
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">{80}</a></span>
-by the Surma. Readers of Sir W. W. Hunter's
-delightful little book on <i>The Thackerays in India</i> will
-not need to be told where Sylhet is, or what sort of
-a place it is. This range of hills is inhabited by the
-Garos on the west, and the Nagas on the east, both
-Tibeto-Burman races. Between them, on one of the
-most beautiful plateaus in the world, are the Khāsis,
-once, as I have said elsewhere, regarded as being as
-isolated and unique as our European Basques, but
-now proved to be, linguistically at least, connected
-with the Mons in Burma, and many races and tribes
-in Further India and Australonesia.</p>
-
-<p>All these Indo-Chinese people seem to have come
-originally from north-western China, following the
-beds of great rivers in their travel; down the Chindwin,
-the Irrawaddy, and the Salween into Burma,
-down the Brahmaputra into Assam, and up the Brahmaputra
-into Tibet. There seem to have been at
-least three waves of migration. First, in prehistoric
-times, there was a Mon-Khmer invasion into Further
-India and Assam. Next, also at an unknown date,
-was a Tibeto-Burman invasion into the same regions
-and Tibet. Next the Tai branch of the Siamese-Chinese
-entered eastern Burma about the sixth
-century <small>A.D.</small> A fourth Tibeto-Burmese invasion,
-that of the Kachins, when in Lord Dufferin's time,
-the British annexed Upper Burma.</p>
-
-<p>I think I have now said enough to show how the
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">{81}</a></span>
-languages of India are distributed. It only remains
-to give a brief and cursory account of the Indian
-Religions. This is a subject on which big books
-might be, and have been, written. But, even in so
-small a book on the Peoples of India it seems necessary
-to give some account of their religious divisions.</p>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p class="nodent"><a name="Foot_4" id="Foot_4" href="#Ref_4">[4]</a>&nbsp;&nbsp;
-As in Europe, the modern Aryan languages differ from one
-another chiefly in survivals from the indigenous earlier speech
-which preceded each of them.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<h2>CHAPTER III<br />
-<small>THE RELIGIONS OF INDIA</small></h2>
-
-<p>(1) <i>Animism.</i> At the base of all the religions,
-perhaps at the base of all religions all over the
-world, lies a mass of primitive beliefs, not perhaps
-yet consciously classed by the holders of them as
-distinctly religious, which are called by the question-begging
-name of Animism. By this statement, I mean
-merely that many of the more ignorant and simple
-folk who profess and call themselves Hindus, Buddhists,
-Jains, Muhammadans, or Christians, are in
-fact at the animistic stage of intellectual evolution.
-The religious impulse is there, but has not become
-specialised. There is no religious theorising, but
-merely communal and transmitted beliefs about the
-nature of things in general. Perhaps I had better
-quote Sir H. H. Risley's definition of Hinduism as it
-exists in India. "It conceives of man," he says, "as
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">{82}</a></span>
-passing through life surrounded by a ghostly company
-of powers, elements, tendencies, mostly impersonal in
-their character, shapeless phantasms of which no
-image can be made and no definite idea can be
-formed. Some of these have departments or spheres
-of influence of their own: one presides over cholera,
-another over small pox, another over cattle disease;
-some dwell in rocks, others haunt trees, others, again,
-are associated with rivers, whirlpools, waterfalls, or
-strange pools hidden in the depths of the hills. All
-of them require to be diligently propitiated by reason
-of the ills which proceed from them, and usually the
-land of the village provides the means for their
-propitiation."</p>
-
-<p>If this definition, that of a kindly and experienced
-student of primitive thought and emotion, be correct,
-there is already an attempt at analysis and classification.
-But the analysis is feeble, the classification
-very elementary. The differences which seem obvious
-to the civilised man, who inherits the analytic inventions
-and investigations of long series of ancestors, are
-not yet realised. There is practically no distinction
-between things animate and inanimate, since all may
-be maleficent and must therefore, on occasion, be
-propitiated. There is no sense of things subter-human,
-human, and superhuman. Still less, of course, is there
-any recognition of the difference between things religious
-and things secular. Grown men face the facts
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">{83}</a></span>
-of life as children do, and receive the impressions
-life conveys to them <i>en masse</i>, without making much
-effort to sort them out. In our own case, we learn
-to classify from our elders, and classification, literary,
-scientific, social, religious, is a large part of what we
-call education. How does primitive man begin to
-sort out the facts of life, to remember them in classes,
-to discriminate between human beings and other
-animals, to place animals above inanimate things,
-himself above animals, and, finally, the gods above
-himself? The history of the evolution of Hinduism
-throws some light on this evolution as it occurred in
-India.</p>
-
-<p>Meanwhile, it is worth noticing that the Census
-returns of 1901 returned the Animists of India at
-only about 8½ millions, or less than 3 per cent. Those
-who returned themselves as Hindu or Musalmān
-were so recorded, whatever their degree of mental
-and social culture. An attempt has been made in the
-Census of 1911 to distinguish between true Hindus
-and Animists who call themselves Hindu. How far
-the attempt was successful, I do not know. I can
-well believe that it was not welcomed even by
-educated and intelligent Hindus. Many years ago,
-I remember a highly educated Hindu in Bengal telling
-me that there is no distinction between Animists
-and Hindus; that an Animist is merely a Hindu "in
-the making" as it were. But perhaps that assertion
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">{84}</a></span>
-only amounted to an admission that the Hindu mind
-is averse from the kind of intellectual evolution by
-conscious analysis and classification which is dear to
-Western imaginations. Yet the history of Hinduism
-and its branches shows that such an evolution has
-taken place.</p>
-
-<div class="section"></div>
-
-<div class="image-center" style="max-width: 381px;">
- <img src="images/pl-7.jpg" width="381" height="600" alt=""/>
- <div class="caption">
- <p><i>Plate VII</i></p>
- <p>A Ghāsiya<br />
- (<i>Mirzapur district</i>)</p>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<p>I should like to suggest that at the stage of
-human evolution which we call animistic, man takes
-the facts of life in the lump, as it were, and does not
-sort them out into classes. If we are to judge by
-what we know of the history of Hinduism, the evolution
-of primitive man from this unclassifying stage
-is something as follows. Art comes into play. The
-practice of song and draughtsmanship introduces
-specialisation. From singing comes verse, from
-drawing comes some kind of rude writing. The first
-trains the memory, the second aids memory. Then
-comes the social classification which results from the
-breaking up of clans, and contact with other clans
-and communities. All men are not the same, and
-the difference is grasped and finds expression in
-language. The new power of classification is extended
-to other things. The difference between
-animate and inanimate things is understood, and
-their relative powers of helping or hurting the tribal
-community. When classification has proceeded thus
-far, the inference is easy that as what is known of
-the faculties of subter-human beings and things to
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">{85}</a></span>
-benefit or hurt humans does not by any means
-account for the joys and calamities of life, there
-must be a class of superhuman beings who are to
-be conciliated. By their supposed deeds they are
-judged. If they are, on the whole, kindly and easily
-placated, they will be classified by some title which
-they will usually share with great and good men. If
-their action on mankind be harmful, they will bear
-the names given to malicious or inimical races or
-individuals. At a subsequent stage of analytical
-evolution their generic names will be confined to
-their own class; they will be gods or demons. Many
-Hindus have hardly gone beyond this stage, and we
-can hardly be surprised that some objection should
-be taken to too rigid a distinction between Hindus
-and Animists. In practice, it is often difficult to say
-whether a given observance is Animistic or Hindu.
-Here is one case, out of thousands that occur in India,
-from my own experience. In the seaport town of
-Chittagong is the shrine of the famous Muhammadan
-saint Pir Badr, a holy man often invoked by travellers
-on sea or river. In a niche in a little pillar in the
-open air, Christians and Buddhists, Hindus and
-Musalmāns alike place lighted candles by way of
-propitiation. This, surely, is an observance of the
-Animistic type. It has no part in any theorised or
-classified religious system. It is merely the attempt
-to gratify an influence which may help or harm.
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">{86}</a></span>
-Animism is consistent with the most vivid, if childlike,
-curiosity. All is grist that comes to that
-primitive mill. But the resulting flour of thought
-is, as it were, coarse and unsifted. Artistic specialisation,
-the birth of literature, brings a need of
-classification. Out of propitiation comes ritual, a
-belief in the efficacy of sacramental gestures, offerings,
-formulæ. But, as time goes on, they are
-appropriated to the service of highly specialised
-deities. As man learns the advantage of a division
-of labour and a specialisation of function, so his gods
-become "departmental." The classification will not
-be that of modern times. Among animate things
-will be reckoned fire, and air, the sun and moon and
-the twinkling stars. But the process of analysing
-and sorting will have begun.</p>
-
-<p>(2) <i>The Vedas.</i> The Aryan immigrants seem to
-have brought a scanty and summary theology with
-them, or it may be that in different surroundings
-they forgot their old religious ideas, and, with the
-help of Dravidian and other aboriginal speculations,
-evolved new ones. Sir G. Grierson has suggested
-that the fact that they migrated in two afterwards
-hostile bodies finds its reflection, in the Vedas, in the
-fabled antagonism of the rival priests Visvāmitra and
-Vasishta; in the Mahābhāratā in the famous war
-between the Kauravas and Pāndavas, the Eastern
-counterpart of the siege of Troy.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">{87}</a></span>
-The Vedas are four collections of ritual hymns,
-used in connection with the oblation of the intoxicating
-juice of the Soma, the moon-plant, or with the
-sacrificial Fire. The Rig-veda (the oldest) and its
-supplement the Sāma-veda are now held to have
-been composed when the Aryans had reached the
-junction of the Panjāb rivers with the Indus: the
-Black and White Yajur-veda when they reached
-the Sutlej and the Jumna; the Atharva-veda, which
-contains the lower beliefs of aboriginal races, when
-they had reached Benares. There are gods and
-goddesses of the sky, the most important being the
-Sun, and Varuna (the Greek <span title="ouranos">οὐρανός</span>),
-afterwards a kind of Hindu Neptune, but in these early days
-represented as sitting in the vault of heaven, and
-having the sun and stars as the eyes with which he
-watches the doings of men. His function was to
-encourage personal holiness as a human ideal. In
-the mid-air Indra became pre-eminent on Indian soil,
-where the dependence of an agricultural people on
-periodical rains made the rain-god an important
-deity. On earth the most important deities are
-Soma and Agni (fire) already mentioned. There was
-also Yama, the beautiful and stately god of death,
-who though naturally immortal chose to die, and
-lead the way for mortal successors to the abodes of
-the dead. Besides the departmental gods, there is in
-the Vedas a distinct foreshadowing of Pantheism.
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">{88}</a></span></p>
-
-<p>(3) <i>The Brāhmanas.</i> When the Aryans reached
-the "Midland," the upper Gangetic valley, the Vedic
-hymns were supplemented by new Scriptures, called
-Brāhmanas, which were digests of dicta on matters
-of ritual for the guidance of priests. These were the
-beginning of Brāhmanism. The elementary Pantheistic
-theory of the Vedas was developed into a belief
-in one Spiritual Being or Ātman. When manifested
-and impersonal, this Being was the neuter Brahma;
-when regarded as the Creator, he was the masculine
-Brahmā; but when manifested in the highest order
-of intellectual men, he was Brāhman, the Brāhman
-priestly class. Following the Brāhmanas, was a
-third order of religious literature, the Upanishads.
-Dr Hopkins has thus summarised the teaching of
-these three Scriptures. "In the Vedic hymns, man
-fears the gods. In the Brāhmanas man subdues the
-gods, and fears God. In the Upanishads man ignores
-the gods and becomes God." Not that these three
-kinds of Scripture, these three evolutions of religious
-speculation, followed one another in chronological
-order. But this was, roughly, the logical evolution.
-Finally the doctrine was established that knowledge
-leads to the supreme bliss of absorption into Brahmā,
-and with this was combined the theory of transmigration.</p>
-
-<p>Even from this extremely crude and simplified
-statement, it will be evident that the priesthood had
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">{89}</a></span>
-secured for themselves an unexampled supremacy,
-and, in the Midland at least, had placed the administrator
-and warrior in a state of marked inferiority.
-But in the surrounding territories, success in arms
-and government won men the consideration still considered
-their due among ourselves. In the Midland
-itself the territory was divided among a number of
-petty chiefs, who waged perpetual warfare with one
-another. They were not likely to ignore the prestige
-won by valour and warlike skill. One of them was
-Gautama, the Buddha (<i>c.</i> 596-508 <small>B.C.</small>). Another
-was Vardhamāna, his contemporary, the founder of
-Jainism. This is not the place to tell of Buddhism,
-which, as a recognised creed, though it has spread
-far to the north and east, and is the religion of
-Ceylon and Burma, only survives in India proper in
-faint influences on the belief and practice of various
-Hindu sects.</p>
-
-<p>(4) <i>Jainism.</i> The Jain Reform still exists and
-numbers over a million of followers. Its doctrines
-have a vague and general resemblance to those of
-Buddhism, not because either copied the other, but
-because they sprang from a common origin. In both
-Nirvāna, the "blowing out," as it were, of the lamp
-of life is the goal aimed at. But to the Buddhist,
-Nirvāna means the peace of extinction; to the Jain,
-it is final escape from the body after various metamorphoses.
-Mr Crooke defines the fivefold vow of
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">{90}</a></span>
-the Jains as prescribing (1) the sanctity of human
-life; (2) renunciation of lying, which proceeds from
-anger, greed, fear or mirth; (3) refusal to take things
-not given; (4) chastity; (5) renunciation of worldly
-attachments. The Jain pantheon consists of deified
-saints who are either Tīrthan-kara, "making a passage
-through the circuit of life," or Jina, "the victorious
-ones."</p>
-
-<p>(5) <i>Hinduism Proper.</i> These reforms, joined
-with the spread of the Brāhmanical faith into lands
-where the authority of Aryan priests was not recognised,
-produced something which, in its way, resembles
-the Protestant Reformation. The Vedic religion had
-come to be the monopoly of a limited order of
-hereditary priests. This ritual supremacy was broken
-up by two influences. A new national ideal of worship
-found expression in the Epics, which to this day, in
-metrical translations, are the layman's scripture all
-over India. Secondly, the Vedic pantheon was
-enormously enlarged by the admission of non-Aryan
-deities and aboriginal modes of worship. Hence arose
-the body of writings known as the Purānas, or "ancient"
-books, not all really old in the trace of their composition,
-but perhaps deserving their title as containing
-very old beliefs. Of all these books and their teaching
-other authorities have written recently in various
-works on the early history and religious poetry of
-India, and it would therefore be presumptuous for
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">{91}</a></span>
-me to say anything about the religious literature of
-Hinduism. It is sufficient to say that the Epics introduced,
-in place of the vague and shadowy Vedic
-gods, heroic incarnations of divine virtue, wisdom and
-valour, and thus led to the sectarian worship of the
-two active members of a new supreme triad of gods,
-Brahmā, the creator, Vishnu, the preserver, and Siva,
-the destroyer. Most Hindus are now followers of one
-or other of the two latter in some incarnation. In
-early times this sectarian rivalry led to wars and
-persecutions, but Hinduism is singularly tolerant in
-matters of belief and doctrine. A Saiva is not a
-disbeliever in the divinity of the incarnations of
-Vishnu; a Vaishnava recognises the ascetic powers
-of Siva. But each has his favourite deity and chiefly
-studies the scriptures relating to him. The principal
-incarnations of Vishnu are Krishna and Rāma, who
-seem to have been originally deified heroes of the Midland.
-There were many Vishnuvite reformers, some of
-whom, it is interesting to note, may have derived suggestions
-from the early Christianity of Southern India.</p>
-
-<p>The first of these was Rāmānuja, who lived in the
-eleventh century <small>A.D.</small> Fifth in succession to him was
-Rāmānanda, who lived in the fourteenth century and
-was the missionary of popular Vaishnavism in Northern
-India. To him that tract owes the prevalence of the
-cult of Rāma and his wife Sītā, the hero and heroine
-of the Epic known as the Rāmāyana. His chief
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">{92}</a></span>
-innovation was the admission of low-caste disciples
-into the communion. His disciple, the famous Kabir
-(1380-1420 <small>A.D.</small>), went further. He even linked
-Hinduism with Islam. Himself a humble weaver,
-he taught the spiritual equality of all men. God is
-one, he argued, by whatever name men choose to call
-Him. The accidents of life, social station and caste,
-happiness and grief, prosperity and misfortune, are
-all the results of Māya or Illusion. Happiness comes
-not by formula or sacrifice but by passionate adoration
-(<i>bhakti</i>) of God. Kabir's chief importance in
-the history of Hindu evolution is in the fact that his
-doctrines were the origin of Sikhism.</p>
-
-<p>Another great name in the democratic Vaishnava
-reformation was that of Chaitanya (1485-1527 <small>A.D.</small>).
-Mr E. A. Gait writes of him that he was "a Baidik
-Brāhman. He preached mainly in Central Bengal
-and Orissa, and his doctrine found ready acceptance
-among large numbers of the people, especially among
-those who were still, or had only recently ceased to
-be, Buddhists. This was mainly due to the fact that
-he drew his followers from all sources, so much so
-that even Muhammadans followed him. He preached
-vehemently against the immolation of animals in
-sacrifice, and the use of animal food and stimulants,
-and taught that the true road to salvation lay in
-bhakti, or fervent devotion to God. He recommended
-Rādhā worship, and taught that the love felt by her
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">{93}</a></span>
-for Krishna was the highest form of devotion. The
-acceptable offerings were flowers, money, and the
-like; but the great form of worship was the Sankirtan,
-or procession of worshippers playing and singing. The
-peculiarity of Chaitanya's cult is that the post of
-spiritual guide, or Goshain, is not confined to Brāhmans,
-and several of those best known belong to the
-Baidya caste<span
-class="fnanchor"><a name="Ref_5" id="Ref_5" href="#Foot_5">[5]</a></span>."</p>
-
-<p><i>The Sikhs.</i> As a religious system, the creed of
-the Sikhs originated from the Hindu teaching of
-Kabir, and may yet be reabsorbed into Hinduism,
-though the Census of 1911 shows that it still flourishes
-as a separate religion. It began as a religious reform
-and ended by being a political organisation. It was
-founded by the Guru Nānak (1469-1538 <small>A.D.</small>) in the
-Panjāb. Its formula was the Unity of God and the
-Brotherhood of Man. Ultimately it became a martial
-brotherhood, one of whose objects was by training,
-diet, and self-denial to present a strong front to the
-encroachments of Muhammadan invaders from across
-the north-west frontier. Circumstances led the Sikh
-confederacy to try its fortune in arms in two fiercely
-fought campaigns with the growing power of our East
-India Company. Defeat was followed by a loyal
-acceptance of British supremacy, and the Sikhs rival
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">{94}</a></span>
-the Gurkhas as the best soldiers in the Indian army.
-Their services during the mutiny of 1857 will never
-be forgotten.</p>
-
-<p><i>The Sāktas.</i> One other great Hindu sect, that of
-the Sāktas, must be briefly mentioned. It worships
-the active female principle (<i>prakriti</i>) of one or other
-of the forms of the Consort of Siva&mdash;Durgā, Kāli, or
-Pārvati. This cult arose in Eastern Bengal or Assam
-about the fifth century, <small>A.D.</small>, and has its own scriptures
-in the Tantras. This sect is probably due to the
-recrudescence of very ancient aboriginal cults. It
-is associated with blood-offerings and libidinous rites.
-It was denounced by the Vaishnava reformers, but
-still survives, even among educated men. It affected
-the later forms of Buddhism.</p>
-
-<p>Finally, by omitting all mention of numerous
-modern Vaishnava sects, we come to the modern
-Theistic sects. The Brahmo Samāj of Bengal was
-founded by the celebrated Raja Ram Mohan Roy
-(1774-1833) who died and was buried at Clifton.
-His teachings were continued and developed by his
-successors Maharshi Devendranāth Tagore (the father
-of the poet Rabindranāth Tagore), Keshav Chandra
-Sen, and Pratāp Chandra Majumdār. All of these
-were men of much piety, eloquence, and learning.
-Sir Alfred Lyall says that "Brahmoism, as propagated
-by its latest expounders, seems to be unitarianism of
-a European type, and as far as one can understand
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">{95}</a></span>
-its argument, appears to have no logical stability or
-<i>locus standi</i> between revelation and pure rationalism;
-it propounds either too much or too little to its
-hearers." It has, however, been an effectual bar
-to the spread of Christianity among the educated
-classes in Bengal. It enables them to remain in
-touch with Hinduism, from which an adoption of
-any European creed would effectually divide them.
-Its services of praise and prayer, with a sermon or
-discourse, are held on Sundays, and in form resemble
-those of the Christian free churches. Its creed consists
-in a belief in the Unity of God, the brotherhood
-of man, and direct communion with God without the
-intervention of any mediator. It may fairly be
-claimed for it that it has satisfied the religious needs
-of men most of whom lead exemplary and in some
-cases saintly lives, without compelling them to join
-what is regarded as a foreign and uncongenial
-religion. But for Ram Mohan Roy, educated Bengal
-might well have furnished the nucleus of a Christian
-Church of India, since, before his time, many distinguished
-and able converts were made. I need
-only mention the late Rev. K. M. Bannerjee. The
-Brahmo Samāj is divided into three sections. The
-Ādi Samāj, as its name indicates, is the original
-church. It is the most conservative of the three,
-and takes its inspiration wholly from the Hindu
-scriptures, and especially from the Upanishads. The
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">{96}</a></span>
-Navavidhān Samāj, founded by Keshav Chandra Sen,
-"the Church of the New Dispensation," is much more
-eclectic and has borrowed what it considers acceptable,
-not only from the holy books of Hinduism, but
-from Christianity, Buddhism, and Islam. The Sādhāran
-(or "general") Brāhmo Samāj is the most
-advanced of the three Churches. It rejects caste
-and the seclusion of women, allows inter-caste
-marriages, and is seemingly as far from orthodox
-Hinduism as from orthodox Christianity. It has
-even allowed one of its lady members to be married
-to an Englishman by Brāhmo rites. If it can hardly
-be called Hindu in ritual or in belief, it is Hindu
-in what is probably regarded as the more important
-sense of being a purely Indian sect and not a direct
-product of European missionary zeal.</p>
-
-<p>Another new sect, the Ārya Samāj, or Aryan Society,
-has much influence in the Panjāb and North-Western
-India generally. It was founded by Dayānand Saraswati
-(1827-53). Its only scriptures are the Vedas.
-It professes pure monotheism, repudiates idol worship,
-and is much interested in social reform. It has also
-at times been mixed up, more or less directly, with
-political agitation. Like the Brāhmo Samāj, it is
-probably due in its inception to the influence of
-European religious teaching, but, as is perhaps
-natural, its acceptance of European ethics is marked
-by a sturdy resistance to European dogma.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">{97}</a></span>
-The great bulk of Hinduism, however, remains
-still but little removed from the Animistic stage
-of religious evolution, and one of the results of
-the spread of British rule into wild and savage tracts
-has been the extension of the borders of Hinduism
-in competition with Christianity. In the rougher
-and wilder races, not yet sufficiently softened and
-civilised for the acceptance of the Hindu social
-system, the Christian missionary prevails. He has
-been most successful among the Gonds of Central
-India, among such savage tribes as the Nāgas, Gāros,
-and Lushais on the Assam border. Elsewhere
-Hinduism pursues its quietly imperturbable course
-and admits savage races to its lower castes as it
-has always admitted them during the last two
-thousand years.</p>
-
-<p><i>Islam in India.</i> Since King George V has
-more Muhammadan subjects than any other ruler
-on earth&mdash;some 75,000,000 in number, it would not
-be proper to close a little book on the Peoples of
-India without saying something of those of their
-number who are Musalmāns. The early Muhammadan
-invasions of the tenth century were mere predatory
-raids, and were attended neither by settlement nor
-conversion. But at the end of the twelfth century
-Muhammad Ghori overthrew the Hindu dynasties
-of Delhi and Kanauj and thus opened the way to
-future Muhammadan conquests. In the sixteenth
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">{98}</a></span>
-century Moghal rule was established under Babar
-and his successors. During the preceding five
-centuries Hindu India suffered much oppression
-and wrong at the hands of Muhammadan invaders,
-but Islam had made no attempt to become an
-Indian religion. The early Moghal emperors were
-too busy in consolidating their conquests and organising
-their administration to have much leisure or
-inclination for proselytising. Their policy depended
-largely on co-operation with Rājput princes, whose
-daughters they married. The influence of Rājput
-empresses and princesses made for kindly tolerance.
-It was only under the zealot Aurangzeb that any
-tendency to forcible conversion showed itself.</p>
-
-<p>The final result of some seven hundred years of
-Muhammadan rule in various parts of the country is
-that Musalmāns are in excess of Hindus only in the
-Western Panjāb, which is in contact with a purely
-Muhammadan country, and in Eastern Bengal, where
-the aboriginal low-caste Hindu was glad to get social
-promotion by accepting Islam, and where he thrives
-and prospers at the expense of his Hindu brother,
-partly because his diet is more nutritious, partly
-because he does not practise infant-marriage and
-other debilitating customs.</p>
-
-<p>As has been said above, Animism has affected
-Islam as well as Hinduism. From the old religion of
-the country Musalmāns have borrowed demonology,
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">{99}</a></span>
-a belief in witchcraft, and the worship of departed
-Pirs or saints. The most remarkable instance of the
-latter is the sect of the Pachpiriyas of Bengal, the
-worshippers of the Five Saints, a cult which some
-have traced to the cult of the five Pāndava heroes of
-the Mahābhārata. The five Pirs, however, vary in
-name from district to district. In Eastern Bengal,
-no one, whether Hindu or Musalmān (or, I had
-almost said, Christian), begins a journey by boat
-without a loud and hearty invocation of the Ganges,
-the Wind, the Five Pirs, and Pir Badr before
-mentioned.</p>
-
-<p>Of the two great sects of Islam, the Sunnis and
-the Shias, the former are by far the most numerous
-in India. The Sunnis or Traditionalists accept the
-Sunnat or collected body of Arabic usage as possessing
-authority concurrent with that of the Koran,
-which is the sole scripture of the Shias. Yet in
-Eastern Bengal the annual procession of the Tazias,
-or representations of the tombs of the martyred
-grandsons of the Prophet, is much attended by
-Sunnis (though for them the practice is unorthodox),
-and indeed by Hindus also. In other parts
-of India, the Mohurram festival has often led to
-serious encounters between Hindus and Musalmāns,
-and even in Calcutta and Bombay has been the
-cause of dangerous riots.</p>
-
-<p>The sects of Islam in India, unlike the Hindu
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">{100}</a></span>
-sects, are not due to the instinct for differentiation,
-for obvious reasons. They are, in Mr Crooke's
-words, either puritanical or pietistic. Consequently,
-followers of them are apt to show a tendency to
-fanaticism. The Hindu sectarian adores some favourite
-deity, but does not deny the merits, or the
-Hinduism, of other deities or their followers. The
-Musalmān sectarian is one who has discovered a
-higher orthodoxy than others, or a straighter road
-to religion, and regards those who do not share his
-views as an enemy of God and the true faith. Of
-the puritanical sects, the best known is that of the
-Wahābis, founded by Ibn Abdul Wahāb at Nejd in
-Arabia, at the beginning of the eighteenth century.
-It was an attempt to revive primitive Muhammadanship
-without the corruptions and accretions of later
-ages and foreign lands. It was brought into India
-by Sayid Ahmad Shāh, who proclaimed a Jihād, or
-holy war, against the Sikhs in 1826. The Wahābis
-hold that the doctrine of the Unity of God has been
-endangered by the excessive reverence paid to the
-Prophet, to his successors the Imāns, and to shrines.
-At times Wahābis have given trouble to the administration,
-especially in Bengal. In recent years,
-however, they call themselves Ahl-i-hadīs, or "followers
-of tradition," and employ themselves chiefly in
-endeavouring to eradicate modern superstitions.</p>
-
-<p>The pietistic sects tend towards Sūfi-ism, a
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">{101}</a></span>
-combination of Aryan pantheism with Semitic monotheism,
-which takes the form of ecstatic devotion.
-Something of the same kind may be found in the
-Vaisnav sects of Hinduism, and in both cases ultimate
-absorption in the divinity is the goal aimed at.</p>
-
-<p>Very interesting local communities of Muhammadans
-are the Moplahs of the Malabar coast,
-descendants of Arab settlers; the Bohras or
-"traders" of Western India; and the Khojās, followers
-of the "Old Man of the Mountain," whose
-present representative is H.H. the Agha Khān of
-Bombay, who has many friends in England.</p>
-
-<p><i>The Pārsīs.</i> The word Pārsī simply means Persian,
-and the Pārsī religion is the dualistic faith, combined
-with fire-worship, of the ancient Persians. It is also
-called Mazdaism from Ahura Mazda (Ormuzd), who
-is in perpetual conflict with Angro Mainyush (Ahriman),
-the spirit of evil. It is also called Zoroastrianism,
-from the reformer Zoroaster, the Greek form of
-the old Iranian Zarathushtra, the modern Persian
-Zardusht. The religious phraseology of the Pārsīs
-shows that their faith must have had a common
-origin with the Aryan religion of India before the
-Iranian and Indo-Aryan migrations parted company.
-By a curious trick of language, the Devas, who in
-India and Europe are beneficent gods, in Persia
-become evil spirits. In India by a corresponding
-inversion, the word Asura, which in the Rig-veda
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">{102}</a></span>
-is still a name of gods, was applied to hostile (generally
-aboriginal) demons. By a further process Asura
-was regarded as a negative word, and gave birth to a
-tribe of beneficent Suras. In the earlier times, there
-were both Ahura and Daeva worshippers, the former
-being socially superior, cattle-breeders, who, like the
-Indian Hindus, venerated the cow. It was Zoroaster's
-mission to fuse these two cults into a dualistic creed,
-whose main principle was the continuous struggle
-between the powers of good and evil. Submerged
-for a time during the Greek occupation, the Mazdaist
-faith revived under the Sassanids, but was finally
-overthrown by the advent of Islam, which persecuted
-and strove to extirpate the worship of fire.</p>
-
-<p>Many of the survivors migrated to India, where
-they secured the tolerance of Hindu and Muhammadan
-rulers alike, and increased and multiplied. Up to
-the middle of the eighteenth century, Surat, Nausāri,
-and the neighbouring parts of Gujarāt were their
-home. When, under British rule, Bombay became
-a great commercial port, large numbers of Pārsīs
-migrated thither, and in many cases won great
-wealth and influence.</p>
-
-<p>In the early days of their dispersion, the weak
-colonies of Pārsīs assimilated themselves with the
-lower classes of Hindus by whom they were surrounded.
-But fresh accessions from Irān, and a
-growth of national prosperity and self-confidence
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">{103}</a></span>
-brought about a restoration of the ancient faith. On
-Indian soil, the Pārsīs now number 94,000. But owing
-to their intelligence and wealth, due to their remarkable
-success in trading, the Pārsīs command a much
-wider political and social influence than their numbers
-would seem to show. According to Pārsī belief, the
-soul passes after death to paradise (Bihisht) or a
-place of punishment (Dozakh) according to a man's
-conduct in life. Much importance is attached to the
-performance of rites to the <i>manes</i> of ancestors. Fire,
-water, the sun, moon, and stars were created by Ahura
-Mazda, and are venerated, as is Zarathushtra the Prophet.
-Soshios, his son, will some day be reincarnated
-as a Messiah, and will convert the world to the true
-faith. As with other Indian religions, contact with
-Europeans tends to produce laxity of belief and
-conduct.</p>
-
-<p><i>Christianity.</i> It is interesting to remember that
-there were Christians in India before the Christian
-faith reached our islands. The tradition that St
-Thomas was the Apostle of India, and suffered
-martyrdom there, is indeed discredited. This tradition
-originated with the Syriac <i>Acta Thomae</i>, and
-was accepted by Catholic teachers from the middle
-of the fourth century. The Indian King Gundaphar
-of the <i>Acta</i> is undoubtedly the historical Gondophares,
-whose dynasty was Parthian, though his territories
-were loosely considered to extend to India. A full
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">{104}</a></span>
-account of the traditions connecting St Thomas with
-India (by W. R. Philipps) will be found in vol. <small>XXXII.</small>
-of the <i>Indian Antiquary</i>, 1903, pp. 1-15, 145-160.</p>
-
-<p>The term "Christians of St Thomas" is often
-applied to the members of the ancient Christian
-churches of Southern India which claim him as their
-first founder, and honour as their second founder a
-bishop called Thomas, who is said to have come from
-Jerusalem to Malabar in 345 <small>A.D.</small> According to local
-tradition, St Thomas went from Malabar to Mylapur,
-now a suburb of Madras and the seat of a Roman
-Catholic bishop. Here still exists the shrine of his
-martyrdom on Mount St Thomas. A miraculous cross
-is shown with a Pahlavi inscription which is said to
-be as old as the end of the seventh century. The old
-churches of the south were certainly of East Syrian
-origin. They never wholly lost their sense of connection
-with their mother church, for it is known that
-they sent deputies in 1490 to the Nestorian patriarch
-Simeon, who provided them with bishops. Under
-Musalmān rule, they suffered severely, and welcomed
-the advent of the Portuguese to India. They were,
-however, recalcitrant to Roman influence, and it was
-with much difficulty that in 1599 they were induced
-to submit to a formal union with Rome at the
-synod of Diamper (Udayamperur in Cochin). During
-the following century and a half the Thomasine
-churches were under foreign Jesuit rule, but yielded
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">{105}</a></span>
-an unwilling and intermittent obedience. In 1653,
-there was a great schism, and of about 200,000 Christians
-of St Thomas only 400 remained loyal to Rome,
-though some of their churches were soon won back
-by the Carmelites. The remainder fell under the
-influence of the Jacobite Mar Gregorius, styled
-patriarch of Jerusalem, who reached Malabar in
-1665 as an emissary from Ignatius patriarch of Antioch.
-From this time, the independent churches of
-Southern India have been Jacobite. At the present
-time, they are on friendly terms with the Anglican
-church in India, and are loosening their dependence
-on the Jacobite patriarch of Antioch.</p>
-
-<p>Of missionary work in India I need not speak in
-a book of this size. There are nearly three millions
-of Christians in India, of whom two and a half millions
-are native converts. Seeing that missionary work
-has been in operation since 1500, a tale of converts
-amounting to less than one per cent. may seem a
-discouraging result of over 400 years of contact with
-European religious thought. But actual conversion
-has taken place chiefly among the lower classes and
-least advanced races. Among the educated classes
-the influence of Christianity has been indirect, and
-in many cases has produced a transformation in
-ethical belief and social conduct as complete as could
-have been wrought by open conversion. The Brāhmo
-Samāj, for instance, remains Hindu in a sense, because
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">{106}</a></span>
-it refuses to sever its connection with India, or to
-acknowledge European authority in matters of
-religion. But the Brāhmo Samāj could not have
-come into existence but for Rām Mohan Roy's
-friendly and intimate acquaintance with European
-Christians and Unitarians. Even in the matter of
-conversion, the rate of progress is increasing rapidly,
-partly because missionary effort is being directed to
-savage tracts hitherto unvisited by civilised men, but
-partly, also, because the native Christian community
-is beginning to have sufficient self-confidence and
-status to proselytise in its turn. The multiplicity of
-missionary agencies, due to the accidents of European
-history and development, has been an impediment.
-Such terms as the Church of England, Church of
-Scotland, Welsh Baptists, American Baptists, etc.,
-can have little signification for races who cannot be
-expected to know the historical causes which brought
-about these local varieties of Christian doctrine and
-practice. There may yet arise among one of the rival
-churches in India a Christian Rāmanuja or Chaitanya,
-who may found a great Church of India, with a ritual,
-and, perhaps, doctrines of its own. The most successful
-of the Jesuit missionaries, Robert de Nobili<span
-class="fnanchor"><a name="Ref_6" id="Ref_6" href="#Foot_6">[6]</a></span>
-for instance, and such men as the Abbé Dubois in
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">{107}</a></span>
-later times, owed their success to the fact that they
-assumed the habits, dress, and often the titles of
-Brāhmanic ascetics. They could not assume the
-dusky skin which, after all, is the first and easiest
-means of gaining an Indian's confidence. They could
-not wholly accept caste, they could not wink at polygamy
-in the case of men whose first wives were
-infertile, and who had an hereditary sense that the
-lack of an heir is socially and religiously reprehensible.
-Perhaps a truly indigenous Church of
-India may deal with such difficulties more successfully
-than men who are compelled to teach, not only the
-elements of the Christian faith, but the ethical
-traditions belonging to their own race.</p>
-
-<p>In this connection, I may be allowed to conclude my
-necessarily brief story of Indian races and religions
-with an anecdote. Just thirty-five years ago I was in
-charge of a "subdivision" in Bengal which contained
-a large number of native Christians belonging to the
-Church of England. There were several churches
-with parsonages, and the nearest of these to my headquarters
-was in the charge of a young missionary who
-was glad to have an occasional chat with a young
-magistrate. One day my missionary friend told me
-that he had discovered with dismay that his flock
-were in the habit of attending the Communion Service
-in batches, according to their castes, so as not to be
-obliged to drink out of the cup with men of alien caste.
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">{108}</a></span>
-There were Hindu Christians and Muhammadan
-Christians who could not eat or drink together. He
-decided that this state of things must be stopped at
-all costs, as being wholly contrary to Christian teaching.
-I ventured to suggest that spiritual equality is
-not the same thing as social equality, but had to
-admit that caste is not usually recognised as a Christian
-institution. Apparently the Christians listened
-to their pastor's admonition, for, a few days after, he
-rode over to say that, in consequence of ex-scavengers
-and ex-Brāhmans having communicated together, his
-whole congregation had been put out of caste by their
-Hindu neighbours. This may not, at first sight, seem
-a very serious calamity. But it happened that, in the
-caste specialisation which had survived among the
-Christians, there were none of the community who
-were barbers or midwives by caste. Christian men
-were going about with stubbly chins: worse still,
-Christian women were in need of help which their
-Hindu sisters refused to supply. It was a difficult
-situation for two young bachelors. However, I
-now confess, after all these years, that I brought a
-little official pressure to bear on the midwives, and
-the situation was saved for the moment. In those
-days, the educational policy of Government was to
-give grants-in-aid to primary schools, most of which,
-in this very Christian "subdivision" were either
-Roman Catholic or Anglican. When next I proceeded
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">{109}</a></span>
-to issue my doles according to school-population and
-other educational results, I was astonished to find
-that the Roman Catholic grant-in-aid had increased
-greatly and the Anglican grant-in-aid had proportionally
-diminished. This was the immediate (and no
-doubt temporary) result of my missionary friend's
-zeal. Such survivals of old beliefs are common in all
-the religions of India. The main social impulse of
-the people was implanted on their minds at the distant
-epoch of the Aryan settlement, the sense of social and
-racial inequality which has now hardened into the
-caste system. To most Indians a recognition of the
-importance and value of caste is the first step towards
-decent and seemly conduct, towards civilised morality.
-When a semi-savage hill-man begins to recognise his
-inferiority to his Hindu neighbours and makes tentative
-approaches with a view to inclusion in civilised
-society, his first duty is to abjure the diet of pork
-and rice-beer which his unregenerate appetite loves,
-since these indulgences stand in the way of sharing
-a meal with Hindu folk. (In other parts of India,
-liquor and meat are consumed by low-caste Hindus
-of aboriginal origin.) In Assam, a Kachāri first
-accepts the <i>sarana</i> or "protection" of a Hindu
-Goshain. He is then called a Saraniya Koch. His
-next step is to abandon strong drinks, on which he is
-promoted to the status of a Modāhi Koch. At this
-stage, he may be fortunate enough to win the hand
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">{110}</a></span>
-of a bride of pure Koch family, and, under her
-guidance, acquires enough of conventional habits and
-beliefs to be recognised as a Kāmtāli or Bor Koch,
-and is a true Hindu, a member of a genuine Hindu
-caste. Musalmāns and Christians have other social
-conventions, and do not usually regard them as
-essential to good manners or godliness. But their
-converts retain their social superstitions and carry
-them into the new surroundings, where they sometimes
-come into disagreeable contact with the ethical
-ideas belonging to imported religions.</p>
-
-<p>The contact of Aryan with Dravidian races, some
-three thousand years ago, brought about the beginnings
-of caste, which, from one point of view, may be
-regarded as a rude form of "race-protection," a
-primitive system of eugenics. It is still most rigidly
-enforced in the south, where the semi-Aryan classes
-are in a great minority. It is most relaxed in the
-Panjāb, where, though caste rules exist, the population
-is, and probably always has been, as homogeneous as
-our own race. French travellers in India have sometimes
-said, half-humorously, that the Anglo-Indian
-administrators and merchants are practically a caste
-unto themselves. Bengalis have made the same
-remark and have said that our Civil Service is composed
-of <i>Kali Yuger Brāhman</i>, "the Brāhmans of
-the Iron Age." There was once some truth in the
-accusation, if accusation it be. It was not our
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">{111}</a></span>
-business to interfere deliberately with caste, since
-British policy from the first has been one of kindly
-neutrality and toleration. Whether indirect influences
-have mitigated the effect of the sentiment of caste is
-a moot point. Educated Indians who have lived in
-Europe see its irksomeness, and in some cases
-denounce it more vigorously than most Europeans
-will care to denounce a system due to historical
-causes which are still partly operative. On the other
-hand, railways and other facilities for travel, though
-they have necessarily introduced laxity in matters of
-food and contact, have probably heightened the caste
-feeling by emphasising the variety of Hindu humanity
-and of the customs and habits of its many races.
-Hence the evolution of Indian society remains as
-interesting and as incalculable as ever.</p>
-
-<p>In a little book of this sort it has been necessary
-to make many general and sweeping statements which
-are not always literally true of any given part of India.
-But perhaps enough has been said to show the interesting
-and significant differences between the three
-hundred odd millions of Western Europe and the three
-hundred odd millions of India. Our business in India
-has been primarily to keep the peace, to provide a
-breathing-space after the social and political turmoil
-that followed on the breaking-up of the Moghal
-empire. The principal result, so far, has been a
-notable increase in Hindu self-confidence and ambition,
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">{112}</a></span>
-and a growing belief among Hindus that their ancient
-social system is not incompatible with industrial,
-commercial, and political advance on European lines.
-This belief has been much strengthened by the
-modernisation of Japan, and its results. It has been
-fostered by the free admission of educated Hindus to
-the highest and most responsible posts in the King-Emperor's
-administration. Inasmuch as that statement
-brings me to the most modern development of
-Hindu life and thought, I cannot do better than end
-at this point.</p>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p class="nodent"><a name="Foot_5" id="Foot_5" href="#Ref_5">[5]</a>&nbsp;&nbsp;
-Some account of the development of Chaitanya's teaching in
-Assam may be found in an article of mine in Dr Hastings'
-<i>Dictionary of Religion and Ethics</i>.</p>
-
-<p class="nodent"><a name="Foot_6" id="Foot_6" href="#Ref_6">[6]</a>&nbsp;&nbsp;
-In 1606, R. de Nobili, a nephew of Bellarmine, was in charge
-of the Jesuit mission at Madura, and adopted the costume of a
-Dravidian Brāhman.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="pagenum"><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">{113}</a></div>
-
-<div class="small">
-
-<h2>BIBLIOGRAPHY</h2>
-
-<h3>CHAPTER I</h3>
-
-<p>The standard authority on the Hindu literary theory of Caste
-is M. Emile Senart's <i>Les Castes dans l'lnde</i>. Paris. Ernest
-Leroux. 1896.</p>
-
-<p>Probably the best succinct account of Caste is Mr E. A. Gait's
-article in Dr Hastings' <i>Encyclopædia of Religion and Ethics</i>.
-This will, of course, be brought up to date in the forthcoming
-Report on the Indian Census of 1911.</p>
-
-<p>Sir A. C. Lyall's <i>Asiatic Studies</i>. London. John Murray.
-Contains a sympathetic and learned account of Hindu social life
-and of the workings of Caste in Upper India.</p>
-
-<p>M. C. Bouglé's <i>Essai sur le Régime des Castes</i>. Paris. Felix
-Alcan. 1908. Contains much interesting matter taken from
-many sources, but sometimes, from want of local knowledge, does
-not sufficiently discriminate between different developments of
-the caste system.</p>
-
-<p>There is an enormous literature on the races, tribes, and
-castes of India, but references to the most important books will
-be found in the above authorities.</p>
-
-<p class="gap-above">Chapter I is, in the main, a summary of Sir H. H. Risley's
-views as expressed in Chapter VI of Vol. I of the <i>Imperial
-Gazetteer</i>. That is inevitable, since the <i>Gazetteer</i> contains
-necessarily the most authoritative summary of what is known on
-the subject, pending the appearance of Mr Gait's forthcoming
-Census Report.</p>
-
-<div class="pagenum"><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">{114}</a></div>
-
-<h3>CHAPTER II</h3>
-
-<p>The standard authority on the modern languages of India is
-Sir G. A. Grierson's work on <i>The Languages of India</i> (Calcutta,
-1903). It will, however, be superseded by the book which
-Sir G. A. Grierson is now writing on the basis of the further
-materials collected in his <i>Linguistic Survey</i>, and in the Census
-Reports of 1911. The eleven volumes hitherto published of the
-<i>Survey</i> itself give specimens of the Indian languages and skeleton
-grammars.</p>
-
-<h3>CHAPTER III</h3>
-
-<p>Professor Macdonell's <i>History of Sanskrit Literature</i>
-(Heinemann, 1905) contains a fascinating and readable account
-of the Hindu scriptures from the Vedic ages up to modern times.</p>
-
-<p>Professor Hopkins' <i>Religions of India</i> and <i>India Old and
-New</i> deal with both the literature and the actual working of
-Indian religions. Mr W. Crooke's <i>Native Races of Northern
-India</i> is a popular account of the Aryan region, and Mr Thurston's
-<i>Castes and Tribes of Southern India</i>. Madras, Government
-Press. 1908. Though it is more elaborate and scientific in its
-treatment, is full of matters which are interesting not only to
-the specialist.</p>
-
-<p>Meredith Townsend's <i>Asia and Europe</i>. London. Archibald
-Constable. 1905. Is still an interesting and suggestive study of
-the differences between East and West, and Sir A. C. Lyall's <i>Asiatic
-Studies</i> are the even more illuminating results of a long, intimate,
-and sympathetic familiarity with Indian religious thought.</p>
-
-<p>The chapter on Religion in the forthcoming Census Report
-for 1911 will contain the latest fruits of research, statistical and
-other.</p>
-
-<p>There is an enormous mass of literature dealing in detail with
-the religions and sects of India. A selected list of books will be
-found at p. 446 of the <i>Imperial Gazetteer</i>.</p>
-
-<div class="pagenum"><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">{115}</a></div>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="index">
-
-<h2>INDEX</h2>
-
-<ul>
-
- <li>Abor race, <a href="#Page_44">44</a></li>
-
- <li>Accent in Indian languages, <a href="#Page_74">74</a></li>
-
- <li>Ādi Brāhmo Samāj, <a href="#Page_96">96</a></li>
-
- <li>Alphabets of India, <a href="#Page_70">70</a></li>
-
- <li>Animism among Muhammadans, <a href="#Page_99">99</a></li>
-
- <li>Animistic religions of India, <a href="#Page_81">81</a></li>
-
- <li>Animists as potential Hindus, <a href="#Page_83">83</a></li>
-
- <li><i>Anu-loma</i> castes, <a href="#Page_38">38</a></li>
-
- <li>Apabhramsa or "decayed" languages, <a href="#Page_75">75</a></li>
-
- <li>Arjuna, supposed ancestor of Manipur dynasty, <a href="#Page_42">42</a></li>
-
- <li>Aryan settlement in Gangetic <i>do-āb</i>, <a href="#Page_27">27</a></li>
-
- <li>Aryan settlement in the Panjāb, <a href="#Page_26">26</a></li>
-
- <li>Aryo-Dravidian type of race, <a href="#Page_22">22</a></li>
-
- <li><i>Assam, History of</i>, by E. A. Gait, <a href="#Page_45">45</a></li>
-
- <li>Assamese language, <a href="#Page_76">76</a></li>
-
-</ul>
-
-<ul>
-
- <li>Bannerjee, Rev. K. M., <a href="#Page_95">95</a></li>
-
- <li>Bengali language, <a href="#Page_76">76</a></li>
-
- <li>Bengali race, origins of, <a href="#Page_28">28</a></li>
-
- <li>Bihārī language, <a href="#Page_76">76</a></li>
-
- <li>Bohra Muhammadans, <a href="#Page_101">101</a></li>
-
- <li>Brachycephalous races, <a href="#Page_17">17</a></li>
-
- <li>Brahma, one of the Hindu Trinity, <a href="#Page_91">91</a></li>
-
- <li>Brāhmanas, sacred books, <a href="#Page_88">88</a></li>
-
- <li>Brāhmans of Bengal, <a href="#Page_17">17</a></li>
-
- <li>Brāhmo Samāj in Bengal, <a href="#Page_94">94</a></li>
-
- <li>Brāhui language, <a href="#Page_62">62</a>, <a href="#Page_66">66</a></li>
-
- <li>Buddha (Gautama) and Buddhism, <a href="#Page_89">89</a></li>
-
-</ul>
-
-<ul>
-
- <li>Caste, definition of, <a href="#Page_35">35</a>;
- <ul><li>functional type of, <a href="#Page_45">45</a>;</li>
- <li>as divided in <i>gotras</i>, <a href="#Page_41">41</a>;</li>
- <li>as a result of migration, <a href="#Page_49">49</a>;</li>
- <li>as resulting from change of custom, <a href="#Page_50">50</a>;</li>
- <li>as formed by mixture of blood, <a href="#Page_47">47</a>;</li>
- <li>of the national type, <a href="#Page_48">48</a>;</li>
- <li>sectarian type, <a href="#Page_46">46</a>;</li>
- <li>tribal castes, <a href="#Page_40">40</a>, <a href="#Page_43">43</a>;</li>
- <li>as including Koches and other indigenous tribes, <a href="#Page_109">109</a></li></ul>
- </li>
-
- <li>Chaitanya, Hindu reformer, <a href="#Page_92">92</a></li>
-
- <li>Chandāls, <a href="#Page_38">38</a></li>
-
- <li>Chitrangadā, supposed ancestress of Manipur dynasty, <a href="#Page_42">42</a></li>
-
- <li>Clans, exogamous, <a href="#Page_35">35</a></li>
-
- <li>Crooke, Mr W., on "Rājputs and Marāthas", <a href="#Page_52">52</a></li>
-
-</ul>
-
-<ul>
-
- <li>Dafla race, <a href="#Page_44">44</a></li>
-
- <li>Dolicocephalous races, <a href="#Page_17">17</a></li>
-
- <li>Doms in Assam, <a href="#Page_44">44</a></li>
-
- <li>Dravidian languages, <a href="#Page_61">61</a>, <a href="#Page_62">62</a></li>
-
- <li>Dravidian type of race, <a href="#Page_24">24</a></li>
-
- <li>Dravidians as probable autochthones, <a href="#Page_25">25</a></li>
-
- <li>Dubois, Abbé, <a href="#Page_106">106</a></li>
-
-</ul>
-
-<ul>
-
- <li>Fiction as an origin of caste, <a href="#Page_33">33</a></li>
-
- <li>Functional type of castes, <a href="#Page_45">45</a></li>
-
-</ul>
-
-<ul>
-
- <li>Gait, E. A., <i>History of Assam</i>, <a href="#Page_45">45</a></li>
-
- <li>Gandhara, kingdom of, <a href="#Page_31">31</a></li>
-
- <li>Gārpagāri (hail averters) as functional caste, <a href="#Page_45">45</a></li>
-
- <li>Gond language, <a href="#Page_62">62</a>, <a href="#Page_65">65</a></li>
-
- <li><i>Gotras</i>, as branch of caste, <a href="#Page_41">41</a></li>
-
- <li>Gujarāti language, <a href="#Page_76">76</a></li>
-
-</ul>
-
-<ul>
-
- <li>Hindi (Eastern) language, <a href="#Page_76">76</a></li>
-
- <li>Hindi (Western) language, <a href="#Page_75">75</a></li>
-
- <li>Hindustāni or Urdū language, <a href="#Page_77">77</a></li>
-
- <li>Hoernle's theory of Aryan settlements, <a href="#Page_28">28</a></li>
-
- <li>Hypergamy, <a href="#Page_26">26</a></li>
-
-</ul>
-
-<ul>
-
- <li>Indo-Aryan type of race, <a href="#Page_21">21</a></li>
-
- <li>Indo-Chinese invasions, <a href="#Page_80">80</a></li>
-
- <li>Islām in India, <a href="#Page_97">97</a></li>
-
-</ul>
-
-<ul>
-
- <li>Jains, their religion, <a href="#Page_89">89</a></li>
-
-</ul>
-
-<ul>
-
- <li>Kabir, Hindu reformer, <a href="#Page_92">92</a></li>
-
- <li>Kachāri race, <a href="#Page_109">109</a></li>
-
- <li>Kāli, worship of, <a href="#Page_94">94</a></li>
-
- <li>Kanarese language, <a href="#Page_61">61</a>, <a href="#Page_64">64</a></li>
-
- <li>Kandh language, <a href="#Page_62">62</a></li>
-
- <li>Kartā-bhajās, sectarian caste, <a href="#Page_46">46</a></li>
-
- <li>Kāshmīrī language, <a href="#Page_76">76</a></li>
-
- <li>Kāyasthas of Bengal, <a href="#Page_17">17</a></li>
-
- <li>Khojā Muhammadans, <a href="#Page_101">101</a></li>
-
- <li>Koch race, <a href="#Page_41">41</a></li>
-
- <li>Koches as Hindu caste, <a href="#Page_109">109</a></li>
-
- <li>Kodagu language, <a href="#Page_61">61</a></li>
-
- <li>Kohistāni language, <a href="#Page_76">76</a></li>
-
- <li>Kolāmi language, <a href="#Page_62">62</a></li>
-
- <li>Kota language, <a href="#Page_62">62</a></li>
-
- <li>Kurukh language, <a href="#Page_62">62</a></li>
-
-</ul>
-
-<ul>
-
- <li>Lahnda language, <a href="#Page_76">76</a></li>
-
- <li>Languages of India generally, <a href="#Page_56">56</a>;
- <ul><li>Apabhramsa, <a href="#Page_75">75</a>;</li>
- <li>Assamese, <a href="#Page_76">76</a>;</li>
- <li>Bengali, <a href="#Page_76">76</a>;</li>
- <li>Bihārī, <a href="#Page_76">76</a>;</li>
- <li>Brāhui, <a href="#Page_62">62</a>, <a href="#Page_66">66</a>;</li>
- <li>Dravidian, <a href="#Page_61">61</a>, <a href="#Page_62">62</a>;</li>
- <li>Gond, <a href="#Page_62">62</a>, <a href="#Page_65">65</a>;</li>
- <li>Gujarāti, <a href="#Page_76">76</a>;</li>
- <li>Hindi (Western), <a href="#Page_75">75</a>;</li>
- <li>Hindi (Eastern), <a href="#Page_76">76</a>;</li>
- <li>Hindustāni, <a href="#Page_77">77</a>;</li>
- <li>Kanarese, <a href="#Page_61">61</a>, <a href="#Page_65">65</a>;</li>
- <li>Kandh, <a href="#Page_62">62</a>;</li>
- <li>Kashmīri, <a href="#Page_76">76</a>;</li>
- <li>Kodagu, <a href="#Page_61">61</a>;</li>
- <li>Kohistāni, <a href="#Page_76">76</a>;</li>
- <li>Kolāmi, <a href="#Page_62">62</a>;</li>
- <li>Kota, <a href="#Page_62">62</a>;</li>
- <li>Kurukh, <a href="#Page_62">62</a>;</li>
- <li>Lahnda, <a href="#Page_76">76</a>;</li>
- <li>Māgadhi Prākrit, <a href="#Page_75">75</a>;</li>
- <li>Mahārāshtri Prākrit, <a href="#Page_75">75</a>;</li>
- <li>Malayalam, <a href="#Page_61">61</a>, <a href="#Page_64">64</a>;</li>
- <li>Malto, <a href="#Page_62">62</a>;</li>
- <li>Marāthi, <a href="#Page_76">76</a>;</li>
- <li>Mon-Khmer, <a href="#Page_78">78</a>, <a href="#Page_79">79</a>;</li>
- <li>Mundā, <a href="#Page_66">66</a>;</li>
- <li>Oriyā, <a href="#Page_72">72</a>, <a href="#Page_76">76</a>;</li>
- <li>Pahārī, <a href="#Page_76">76</a>;</li>
- <li>Pāli, <a href="#Page_75">75</a>;</li>
- <li>Panjābi, <a href="#Page_76">76</a>;</li>
- <li>Prākrit, <a href="#Page_71">71</a>;</li>
- <li>"Primary" Prākrits, <a href="#Page_74">74</a>;</li>
- <li>Rājasthāni, <a href="#Page_76">76</a>;</li>
- <li>Sauraseni, <a href="#Page_75">75</a>;</li>
- <li>Sindhi, <a href="#Page_76">76</a>;</li>
- <li>Tamil, <a href="#Page_61">61</a>, <a href="#Page_62">62</a>;</li>
- <li>Telugu, <a href="#Page_62">62</a>, <a href="#Page_65">65</a>;</li>
- <li>Toda, <a href="#Page_62">62</a>;</li>
- <li>Tulu, <a href="#Page_62">62</a></li></ul>
- </li>
-
- <li>Lingayats as a sectarian caste, <a href="#Page_47">47</a></li>
-
-</ul>
-
-<ul>
-
- <li>Madhya-deça, the linguistic Midland, <a href="#Page_69">69</a></li>
-
- <li>Māgadhi Prākrit language, <a href="#Page_75">75</a></li>
-
- <li>Mags of Chittagong, <a href="#Page_23">23</a></li>
-
- <li>Mahārāshtri language, <a href="#Page_75">75</a></li>
-
- <li>Malayalam language, <a href="#Page_61">61</a>, <a href="#Page_64">64</a></li>
-
- <li>Malto language, <a href="#Page_62">62</a></li>
-
- <li>Manipur and the Meithei race, <a href="#Page_42">42</a></li>
-
- <li>Manu, Institutes of, <a href="#Page_37">37</a></li>
-
- <li>Marātha race and its origins, <a href="#Page_29">29</a>, <a href="#Page_48">48</a></li>
-
- <li>Marāthi language, <a href="#Page_76">76</a></li>
-
- <li>Meithei race of Manipur, <a href="#Page_42">42</a></li>
-
- <li>Migration as a cause of caste, <a href="#Page_49">49</a></li>
-
- <li>Mixed castes, <a href="#Page_47">47</a></li>
-
- <li>Mongolo-Dravidian race, <a href="#Page_23">23</a></li>
-
- <li>Mongolian races brachycephalous, <a href="#Page_18">18</a></li>
-
- <li>Mongoloid type of race, <a href="#Page_23">23</a></li>
-
- <li>Mon-Khmer languages, <a href="#Page_78">78</a>, <a href="#Page_79">79</a></li>
-
- <li>Moplah Muhammadans, <a href="#Page_101">101</a></li>
-
- <li>Mundā languages, <a href="#Page_66">66</a></li>
-
-</ul>
-
-<ul>
-
- <li>Nānak (Sikh reformer), <a href="#Page_93">93</a></li>
-
- <li>National castes, <a href="#Page_48">48</a></li>
-
- <li>Navavidhān Brāhmo Samāj, <a href="#Page_96">96</a></li>
-
- <li>Navin Chandra Sen, his definition of caste, <a href="#Page_33">33</a></li>
-
- <li>Nesfield, Mr, <i>Brief View of the Caste System of the N. W. P. and Oude</i> quoted, <a href="#Page_13">13</a></li>
-
- <li>Nestorian Christians, <a href="#Page_103">103</a></li>
-
- <li>Newār tribe in Nepāl, <a href="#Page_48">48</a></li>
-
- <li>Nirvāna as a Buddhist, and Jain doctrine, <a href="#Page_89">89</a></li>
-
- <li>Nobili, Robert de, <a href="#Page_106">106</a></li>
-
- <li>Nose-measurements, <a href="#Page_19">19</a></li>
-
-</ul>
-
-<ul>
-
- <li>Orbito-nasal index, <a href="#Page_19">19</a></li>
-
- <li>Oriyā language, <a href="#Page_72">72</a>, <a href="#Page_76">76</a></li>
-
-</ul>
-
-<ul>
-
- <li>Pahārī language, <a href="#Page_76">76</a></li>
-
- <li>Pāli language, <a href="#Page_75">75</a></li>
-
- <li>Pānini and other grammarians, <a href="#Page_70">70</a></li>
-
- <li>Panjābi language, <a href="#Page_76">76</a></li>
-
- <li>Pantheism, <a href="#Page_37">37</a></li>
-
- <li>Parasu Rāma, <a href="#Page_41">41</a></li>
-
- <li>Pārsīs and their religion, <a href="#Page_101">101</a></li>
-
- <li>Pir Badr of Chittagong, <a href="#Page_85">85</a></li>
-
- <li>Pirs (Muhammadan saints), <a href="#Page_99">99</a></li>
-
- <li>Prākrit languages, <a href="#Page_71">71</a></li>
-
- <li><i>Prati-loma</i> (see <i>Anu-loma</i>) castes, <a href="#Page_38">38</a></li>
-
- <li>Primary Prākrits, <a href="#Page_74">74</a></li>
-
- <li>Purānas (sacred books), <a href="#Page_90">90</a></li>
-
-</ul>
-
-<ul>
-
- <li>Rājputs in Nepāl, etc., <a href="#Page_24">24</a></li>
-
- <li>Rāmānuja (Hindu reformer), <a href="#Page_91">91</a></li>
-
- <li>Risley, Sir H. H., his account of Marātha origins, <a href="#Page_30">30</a>;
- <ul><li>Article in <i>Journal of R. A. Institute</i> quoted, <a href="#Page_15">15</a></li></ul>
- </li>
-
- <li>Roy, Rājā Rām Mohan, <a href="#Page_94">94</a></li>
-
-</ul>
-
-<ul>
-
- <li>Sādhāran Brāhmo Samāj, <a href="#Page_96">96</a></li>
-
- <li>Sāktas, a Hindu sect, <a href="#Page_94">94</a></li>
-
- <li>Saraswati (Dayānand), <a href="#Page_96">96</a></li>
-
- <li>Sauraseni language, <a href="#Page_75">75</a></li>
-
- <li>Scytho-Dravidian type of race, <a href="#Page_22">22</a></li>
-
- <li>Scytho-Dravidian, supposed origin, <a href="#Page_29">29</a></li>
-
- <li>Sectarian type of caste, <a href="#Page_46">46</a></li>
-
- <li>Sen (Keshav Chandra), <a href="#Page_94">94</a></li>
-
- <li>Shagird-peshās as a mixed caste, <a href="#Page_48">48</a></li>
-
- <li>Shia Muhammadans, <a href="#Page_99">99</a></li>
-
- <li>Sikhs and the Sikh religion, <a href="#Page_93">93</a></li>
-
- <li>Sindhī language, <a href="#Page_76">76</a></li>
-
- <li>Siva, as a member of the Hindu Trinity, <a href="#Page_91">91</a></li>
-
- <li>Sse or Sakas (Scythians), <a href="#Page_30">30</a></li>
-
- <li>Stature as an index of race, <a href="#Page_20">20</a></li>
-
- <li>Sunni Muhammadans, <a href="#Page_99">99</a></li>
-
-</ul>
-
-<ul>
-
- <li>Tagore, Maharshi Devendranāth, <a href="#Page_94">94</a></li>
-
- <li>Tagore, Rabindranāth, <a href="#Page_94">94</a></li>
-
- <li>Tamil language, <a href="#Page_61">61</a>, <a href="#Page_64">64</a></li>
-
- <li>Tantras (sacred books), <a href="#Page_94">94</a></li>
-
- <li>Telugu language, <a href="#Page_62">62</a>, <a href="#Page_65">65</a></li>
-
- <li>Thomasine Christians, <a href="#Page_103">103</a></li>
-
- <li>Tīrthan-karas (Jain saints), <a href="#Page_90">90</a></li>
-
- <li>Toda language, <a href="#Page_62">62</a></li>
-
- <li>Totems and Totemistic clans in Assam, <a href="#Page_36">36</a></li>
-
- <li>Tribal castes, <a href="#Page_40">40</a>, <a href="#Page_43">43</a></li>
-
- <li>Tribes in Assam, <a href="#Page_35">35</a></li>
-
- <li>Tribes, Turko-Iranian, <a href="#Page_37">37</a></li>
-
- <li>Tulu language, <a href="#Page_62">62</a></li>
-
- <li>Turko-Iranian type of race, <a href="#Page_20">20</a></li>
-
- <li>Turushka race, <a href="#Page_31">31</a></li>
-
-</ul>
-
-<ul>
-
- <li>Upanishads (sacred books), <a href="#Page_88">88</a></li>
-
-</ul>
-
-<ul>
-
- <li><i>Vangiya Sāhitya Parisat</i> (Bengal Academy of Literature), <a href="#Page_56">56</a></li>
-
- <li>Vardhamāna, the founder of Jainism, <a href="#Page_89">89</a></li>
-
- <li>Vedas, the four sacred books, <a href="#Page_86">86</a></li>
-
- <li>Vedic deities, <a href="#Page_87">87</a></li>
-
- <li>Vishnu as one of the Hindu Trinity, <a href="#Page_91">91</a></li>
-
-</ul>
-
-<ul>
-
- <li>Wahābi Muhammadans, <a href="#Page_100">100</a></li>
-
-</ul>
-
-<ul>
-
- <li>Yueh-chi race, <a href="#Page_31">31</a></li>
-
-</ul>
-
-</div>
-
-<p class="gap-above x-small center">CAMBRIDGE: PRINTED BY JOHN CLAY,
- M.A. AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS</p>
-
-<div class="section"><a name="map-1" id="map-1"></a></div>
-
-<div class="image-center" style="max-width: 600px;">
- <img src="images/map-1.jpg" width="600" height="495" alt=""/>
- <div class="caption">
- <p class="left">THE INDIAN EMPIRE<br />
- Distribution of Population</p>
- <p class="right"><i>Camb. Univ. Press</i></p>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<div class="section"><a name="map-2" id="map-2"></a></div>
-
-<div class="image-center" style="max-width: 600px;">
- <img src="images/map-2.jpg" width="600" height="483" alt=""/>
- <div class="caption">
- <p class="left">THE INDIAN EMPIRE<br />
- Distribution of Prevailing Languages</p>
- <p class="right"><i>Camb. Univ. Press</i></p>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-<pre>
-
-
-
-
-
-End of Project Gutenberg's The Peoples of India, by James Drummond Anderson
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PEOPLES OF INDIA ***
-
-***** This file should be named 55465-h.htm or 55465-h.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/5/5/4/6/55465/
-
-Produced by deaurider, Chris Pinfield and the Online
-Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
-file was produced from images generously made available
-by The Internet Archive)
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
- are located before using this ebook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
-
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-
-
-
-</pre>
-
-</body>
-
-</html>
-
diff --git a/old/55465-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/55465-h/images/cover.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index a583c4d..0000000
--- a/old/55465-h/images/cover.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/55465-h/images/crest.jpg b/old/55465-h/images/crest.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 946131b..0000000
--- a/old/55465-h/images/crest.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/55465-h/images/frontis.jpg b/old/55465-h/images/frontis.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 5ab83b8..0000000
--- a/old/55465-h/images/frontis.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/55465-h/images/map-1.jpg b/old/55465-h/images/map-1.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 52a0011..0000000
--- a/old/55465-h/images/map-1.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/55465-h/images/map-2.jpg b/old/55465-h/images/map-2.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 085d7b1..0000000
--- a/old/55465-h/images/map-2.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/55465-h/images/pl-1.jpg b/old/55465-h/images/pl-1.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 5a06a08..0000000
--- a/old/55465-h/images/pl-1.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/55465-h/images/pl-2.jpg b/old/55465-h/images/pl-2.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index a4064bd..0000000
--- a/old/55465-h/images/pl-2.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/55465-h/images/pl-3.jpg b/old/55465-h/images/pl-3.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index b0c8259..0000000
--- a/old/55465-h/images/pl-3.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/55465-h/images/pl-4.jpg b/old/55465-h/images/pl-4.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 0ff1c29..0000000
--- a/old/55465-h/images/pl-4.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/55465-h/images/pl-5.jpg b/old/55465-h/images/pl-5.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index b5627e2..0000000
--- a/old/55465-h/images/pl-5.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/55465-h/images/pl-6.jpg b/old/55465-h/images/pl-6.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 4b51721..0000000
--- a/old/55465-h/images/pl-6.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/55465-h/images/pl-7.jpg b/old/55465-h/images/pl-7.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index b0acc63..0000000
--- a/old/55465-h/images/pl-7.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/55465-h/images/title.jpg b/old/55465-h/images/title.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index a5b9d5d..0000000
--- a/old/55465-h/images/title.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ